WO2020187133A1 - Discontinuous reception configuration method and device - Google Patents

Discontinuous reception configuration method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020187133A1
WO2020187133A1 PCT/CN2020/079086 CN2020079086W WO2020187133A1 WO 2020187133 A1 WO2020187133 A1 WO 2020187133A1 CN 2020079086 W CN2020079086 W CN 2020079086W WO 2020187133 A1 WO2020187133 A1 WO 2020187133A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
discontinuous reception
terminal device
period
count
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/079086
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
凌岑
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020187133A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020187133A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0248Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal dependent on the time of the day, e.g. according to expected transmission activity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular to a discontinuous reception configuration method and device.
  • C- DRX connected-discontinuous reception
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCCH Physical downlink control channel
  • the network device configures a fixed discontinuous reception cycle (DRX cycle) for the terminal device in advance, and the terminal device monitors the PDCCH according to the fixed discontinuous reception cycle for a period of time. Since the service status of the terminal equipment changes in real time, the fixed discontinuous reception period pre-configured by the network equipment may not be suitable for the real-time service status of the terminal equipment. Therefore, how to configure discontinuous reception to adapt to the real-time changing service status of terminal equipment is a problem worthy of study.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a discontinuous reception configuration method and device, which are used to adjust the DRX cycle according to the real-time changing service status of the terminal device.
  • the present application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, the method includes: a network device sends a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to a terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device;
  • a discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes adjustment step length and M.
  • the adjustment step length includes the first step length
  • the terminal device determines that it needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception
  • the period of discontinuous reception is reduced
  • the first step is long.
  • the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive signals during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and N
  • the adjustment step includes the second step size
  • the terminal device determines that the signal is not required to be received during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, and will not The period of continuous reception is increased by a second step
  • the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, and the period of discontinuous reception is increased by the second step.
  • the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception
  • M and N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2
  • M is the number of consecutive times the terminal device needs to receive a signal in each active period of discontinuous reception
  • N is the terminal The device does not need to receive the signal consecutive times in each activation period of discontinuous reception.
  • the network device only needs to configure the discontinuous reception configuration parameters for the terminal device once to realize the adaptive adjustment of the period of discontinuous reception. There is no need for additional signaling interaction between the terminal device and the network device, which can save information.
  • using this method to adjust the period of discontinuous reception is not limited to adjusting the period of discontinuous reception between DRX short period and/or DRX long period.
  • This method can increase DRX short period or DRX long period Or reduce the adjustment step length, and the adjustment step length in this application is not limited, so the flexibility of adjusting the period of discontinuous reception using the method of this application is higher.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step, it also includes: the terminal device counts the first count, the first count is that signals need to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception The number of consecutive times; the terminal device determines that the first count is equal to M.
  • the network device Before the network device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, it also includes: the network device counts the first count, the first count is the number of consecutive times the terminal device needs to receive a signal during each activation period of discontinuous reception; The device determines that the first count is equal to M.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step, it further includes: the terminal device counts a second count, the second count means that no signal is required to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception The number of consecutive times; the terminal device determines that the second count is equal to N.
  • the network device before the network device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step, it also includes: the network device counts a second count, the second count is the number of consecutive times that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during each activation period of discontinuous reception; The device determines that the second count is equal to N.
  • this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the terminal device executes the method.
  • the method is described as an example.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network device; the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, and when the adjustment step includes the first step length, the terminal device determines that it is in continuous M When the active periods of discontinuous reception all need to receive signals, reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and N
  • the adjustment step includes the second step size
  • the terminal device determines that the signal is not required to be received during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, and will not The period of continuous reception is increased by the second step.
  • the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception
  • M and N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2
  • M is the number of consecutive times the signal needs to be received in each activation period of discontinuous reception
  • N is The activation period of discontinuous reception does not require consecutive times of receiving the signal.
  • the terminal device determines that it needs to receive a signal M consecutive times during the activation period of discontinuous reception, it means that the terminal device may have data to receive at this time. At this time, reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step, which can be reduced.
  • the sleep time of the small terminal device increases the signal receiving time correspondingly, which can reduce the signal transmission delay, thereby improving the signal transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal device determines that it does not need to receive signals for N consecutive times during the activation period of discontinuous reception, it means that the terminal device has no data to receive at this time.
  • increase the period of discontinuous reception by one step to increase the terminal device’s Sleep time can reduce power consumption. It is possible to adjust the period of discontinuous reception more flexibly without increasing the additional signaling overhead between the network equipment and the terminal equipment to adapt to the real-time changing service status of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length.
  • the first count is the number of consecutive times that the signal needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception.
  • the terminal device determines that the first count is equal to M.
  • the terminal device can also count the second count before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step.
  • the second count is the number of consecutive times that the signal does not need to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception.
  • the terminal device determines that the second count is equal to N.
  • the terminal device receives the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device, and uses the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
  • this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the method.
  • the network device executes the method.
  • the method is described as an example. The method includes: the network device sends a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, and when the adjustment step size includes the first step length, the network device determines that the terminal device is in continuous M When all the active periods of discontinuous reception need to receive signals, reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and N, and when the adjustment step includes the second step size, when the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive signals during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, Increase the period of discontinuous reception by a second step.
  • the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception
  • M and N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2
  • M is the number of consecutive times the terminal device needs to receive a signal in each active period of discontinuous reception
  • N is the terminal The device does not need to receive the signal consecutive times in each activation period of discontinuous reception.
  • the network device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length.
  • the first count is the amount of signal that the terminal device needs to receive during each active period of discontinuous reception. For consecutive times, the network device determines that the first count is equal to M.
  • the network device can also count the second count before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step.
  • the second count is that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during each active period of discontinuous reception. For consecutive times, the network device determines that the second count is equal to N.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the first condition is satisfied, it sends the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device determines that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device
  • the signal transmission time between the network device and the terminal device reaches the first threshold.
  • this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the terminal device executes the method.
  • the method is described as an example.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network device, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, and the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes M and/or N , Wherein the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the need to receive during each active period of the discontinuous reception The number of consecutive times of a signal, where N is the number of consecutive times that a signal does not need to be received during each active period of the discontinuous reception; the terminal device adjusts the discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter cycle.
  • the terminal device can adaptively adjust the period of discontinuous reception according to the discontinuous reception configuration parameters sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device can only adjust the discontinuous reception according to the fixed discontinuous reception configured by the network device.
  • the terminal device in this application can flexibly adjust the period of discontinuous reception, and can flexibly monitor the PDCCH according to the adjusted period of discontinuous reception.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the M, and the adjustment step size includes the first step size.
  • the terminal device The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, adjusting the period of the discontinuous reception includes: the terminal device determines that the period of the discontinuous reception is changed when the terminal device determines that a signal needs to be received during the active periods of the M continuous discontinuous reception. Reduce the first step length.
  • the method before the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, the method further includes: the terminal device counts a first count, where the first count is The activation period of the discontinuous reception requires consecutive times of receiving signals; the terminal device determines that the first count is equal to the M.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the N, and the adjustment step size includes the second step size.
  • the terminal device The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, adjusting the period of the discontinuous reception includes: the terminal device determines that when no signal is required to be received during the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous reception, the discontinuous reception is The period is increased by the second step length.
  • the method before the terminal device increases the period of the discontinuous reception by the second step size, the method further includes: the terminal device counts a second count, and the second count is calculated at each The activation period of the discontinuous reception does not require the number of consecutive times of receiving a signal; the terminal device determines that the second count is equal to the N.
  • the terminal device receives the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device; the terminal device uses the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter Receive configuration parameters.
  • this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the method.
  • the network device executes the method.
  • the method is described as an example.
  • the method includes: a network device sends a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to a terminal device, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, and the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes M and/or N, Wherein, the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the activation of the terminal device in each discontinuous reception The number of consecutive times that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during each active period of the discontinuous reception; the network device is configured according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, Adjust the period of the discontinuous reception.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the M, and the adjustment step size includes the first step size.
  • the network device The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, adjusting the period of the discontinuous reception includes: when the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation period of the M continuous discontinuous reception, the non-continuous reception The period of continuous reception is reduced by the first step length.
  • the method before the network device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, the method further includes: the network device counts a first count, where the first count is the terminal The device needs to receive consecutive times of the signal in each activation period of the discontinuous reception; the network device determines that the first count is equal to the M.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the N, and the adjustment step size includes the second step size.
  • the network device The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, adjusting the period of the discontinuous reception includes: when the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous reception, setting the The period of discontinuous reception is increased by the second step size.
  • the method before the network device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step size, the method further includes: the network device counts a second count, and the second count is the terminal device The number of consecutive times of receiving a signal is not required in each activation period of discontinuous reception; the network device determines that the second count is equal to the N.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the first condition is met, it sends the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device;
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device determines that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device
  • the time for signal transmission between the network device and the terminal device reaches a first threshold.
  • this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the terminal device executes the method.
  • the method is described as an example.
  • the method includes: a terminal device measures a first channel quality indicator (CQI); the terminal device determines a first drx- corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and a first correspondence relationship.
  • Inactivity timer the first correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between at least one CQI and at least one discontinuous reception inactivity timer (drx-inactivity timer).
  • the configuration of drx-inactivity timer is optimized according to the CQI.
  • the drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the CQI can be determined according to the measured CQI and the first corresponding relationship.
  • the drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the CQI can be determined according to the CQI reported by the terminal device and the first correspondence. In this way, the network device can determine the drx-inactivity timer used by the terminal device without signaling interaction with the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be scheduled in a reasonable time.
  • this method can prevent terminal devices with low CQI from being configured with a smaller drx-inactivity timer, which causes the problem of large service transmission delay. In addition, this method can prevent terminal devices with high CQI from being configured with a larger drx-inactivity timer, which causes the problem of waste of power consumption.
  • the terminal device sends the first CQI to the network device.
  • the first correspondence is configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
  • this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the method.
  • the network device executes the method.
  • the method is described as an example.
  • the method includes: a network device receives a first CQI from a terminal device; the network device determines a first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and a first corresponding relationship, and the second
  • the one-to-one correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between at least one CQI and at least one drx-inactivity timer.
  • the first correspondence is configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
  • this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the terminal device executes the method.
  • the method is described as an example. The method includes: a terminal device determines a first speed grade, the first speed grade characterizing how fast the terminal device moves or rotates; the terminal device sends the first speed grade to a network device; the terminal device receives From the first pre-preparation time of the network device, and perform beam selection according to the first pre-preparation time, so that the beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device.
  • the first pre-preparation time is a parameter determined according to the first speed level, the number of first beams of the terminal device, and a second correspondence relationship
  • the second correspondence relationship includes at least one speed grade, at least A one-to-one correspondence between the number of beams and at least one pre-preparation time, where the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, and the terminal device wakes up to perform beam selection during the pre-preparation time.
  • the network device can configure the pre-preparation time for the terminal device according to the speed level of the terminal device, the number of beams of the terminal device, and the second correspondence, so that the terminal device can wake up at the pre-preparation time and perform beam selection to make
  • the beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device, thereby ensuring that the beam of the terminal device and the beam of the network device are aligned after the terminal device enters the DRX activation period.
  • the second correspondence is configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
  • this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the method.
  • the network device executes the method.
  • the method is described as an example.
  • the method includes: a network device receives a first speed grade from a terminal device, the first speed grade characterizing the speed of movement or rotation of the terminal device; the network device according to the first speed grade, the terminal device The first number of beams and a second correspondence relationship, determine a first pre-preparation time corresponding to the first speed class and the first number of beams, and the second correspondence relationship includes at least one speed class and at least one beam number And a one-to-one correspondence of at least one pre-preparation time, where the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, during which the terminal device wakes up to perform beam selection; the network device Sending the first pre-preparation time to the terminal device.
  • the second correspondence is configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
  • the present application provides a discontinuous reception configuration device, which has any possible design of the first aspect or the first aspect or any possible design of the second aspect or the second aspect.
  • the function of the terminal device in the design or the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect or any possible design of the eighth aspect or the eighth aspect may It can be realized by hardware, and it can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the module may be software and/or hardware.
  • the device includes a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer execution instructions.
  • the transceiver is used to implement communication between the device and other communication entities.
  • the processor communicates with the memory through Bus connection, when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes any possible design of the first aspect or the first aspect or any of the third or third aspects Possible designs or methods in the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit, a processing unit, and a storage unit. These units can implement any possible design of the first aspect or the first aspect or any possible design of the third aspect or the third aspect. The design or the fifth aspect or any possible design method of the fifth aspect.
  • the present application provides a discontinuous reception configuration device, which has any possible design of the first aspect or the first aspect or any possibility of the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • the function of the network device in the design of the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect or any possible design of the seventh or seventh aspect or any possible design of the ninth or ninth aspect, said function It can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the module may be software and/or hardware.
  • the device includes a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer execution instructions.
  • the transceiver is used to implement communication between the device and other communication entities.
  • the processor communicates with the memory through Bus connection, when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes any possible design of the second aspect or the second aspect or any of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect Possible designs or methods in the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect.
  • the device includes: a transceiving unit, a processing unit, and a storage unit. These units can implement any possible design of the second aspect or the second aspect or any possible design of the fourth or fourth aspect. The design or the sixth aspect or any possible design method of the sixth aspect.
  • the present application provides a system including the terminal device and the network device in the first aspect or any implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the system includes the terminal device in the foregoing second aspect or any implementation manner of the second aspect, and the network device in the foregoing third aspect or any implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the system includes the terminal device in the foregoing fourth aspect or any implementation manner of the fourth aspect, and the network device in the foregoing fifth aspect or any implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the present application provides a system that includes the terminal device in the sixth aspect or any implementation manner of the sixth aspect, and the terminal device in the seventh aspect or any implementation manner of the seventh aspect Internet equipment.
  • this application provides a system that includes the terminal device in the eighth aspect or any implementation manner of the eighth aspect, and the ninth aspect or any implementation manner in the ninth aspect Internet equipment.
  • this application provides a chip or a chip system that can be coupled with a transceiver to implement the first aspect and any one of the possible designs of the first aspect, or the second aspect And any one of the possible designs in the second aspect, or any one of the third and third aspects, or any one of the fourth and fourth aspects, or the fifth Aspect and any one of the possible designs of the fifth aspect, or any one of the sixth aspect and the sixth aspect, or any one of the seventh aspect and the seventh aspect, or the first Any one possible design in the eighth aspect and the eighth aspect, or any one possible design in the ninth aspect and the ninth aspect.
  • the chip system includes at least one chip, and may also include other discrete devices.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions.
  • the computer can execute the first aspect and the first aspect.
  • the method involved in any possible design of the aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the method involved in any one of the possible designs of the second aspect and the second aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the third aspect and the third aspect.
  • the method involved in any possible design of the above aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the method involved in any one of the above-mentioned fourth aspect and the fourth aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the above-mentioned fifth aspect and fifth aspect.
  • the method involved in any one of the possible designs of the aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the method involved in any of the above-mentioned sixth aspect and the sixth aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the above-mentioned seventh aspect and the seventh aspect.
  • the method involved in any one of the possible designs of the aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the method involved in any one of the possible designs of the eighth aspect and the eighth aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the ninth and the ninth aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when invoked and executed by a computer, can complete the first aspect and the method involved in any possible design of the first aspect mentioned above, or the second Aspects and methods involved in any possible design of the second aspect, or methods involved in any possible design of the third aspect and the third aspect, or methods involved in any possible design of the fourth aspect , Or, the method involved in any possible design of the fifth aspect and the fifth aspect, or the method involved in any possible design of the sixth aspect and the sixth aspect, or the seventh aspect and the seventh The method involved in any possible design of the aspect, or the method involved in any possible design of the eighth aspect and the aforementioned eighth aspect, or the method involved in any possible design of the ninth aspect and the aforementioned ninth aspect .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flow diagram of a possible C-DRX mode provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method for adjusting DRX cycle according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a discontinuous reception cycle provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is an implementation flowchart of a method for adjusting a discontinuous reception period according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 7 is an implementation flowchart of yet another method for adjusting the discontinuous reception period provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is an implementation flow chart of another method for adjusting the discontinuous reception period provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is an implementation flowchart of yet another discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is an implementation flowchart of yet another discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another possible C-DRX mode provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal equipment also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • the device may include, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal device may include, for example, a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal device, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, a built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile device, and a smart wearable device.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the terminal device may also include a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal equipment can also be virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), remote Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, and smart homes Wireless terminals in
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • wireless terminals in industrial control wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving)
  • remote Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, and smart homes Wireless terminals in
  • Network equipment including a base station, for example, may refer to equipment that communicates with terminal equipment through one or more cells at an air interface in an access network.
  • the network device can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the network, where the rest of the network can include an IP network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • network equipment may include radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home Base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP), etc.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • node B Node B, NB
  • BSC base station controller
  • BBU baseband unit
  • AP wireless fidelity
  • network equipment may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or distributed unit (DU) node, or including CU node and DU node.
  • a base station can include a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the baseband device can be implemented by one node or by multiple nodes.
  • the radio frequency device can be implemented remotely from the baseband device or integrated into the baseband device. , Or part of the remote part is integrated in the baseband device.
  • a base station in an LTE communication system, includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the radio frequency device can be arranged remotely from the baseband device, for example, a remote radio unit (RRU) is arranged remotely from the BBU.
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • the control plane protocol layer structure may include the radio resource control (RRC) layer, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, the radio link control (RLC) layer, and the media interface. Access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical layer and other protocol layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • the user plane protocol layer structure can include the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer; in one implementation, the PDCP layer can also include a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer .
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the base station can implement the functions of the RRC, PDCP, RLC, and MAC protocol layers by one node; or multiple nodes can implement the functions of these protocol layers; for example, in an evolution structure, the base station can include a centralized unit (centralized unit). , CU) and distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), multiple DUs can be centrally controlled by one CU.
  • CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below the PDCP, such as the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU.
  • This type of protocol layer division is just an example, it can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Or, in a certain protocol layer, for example, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay, and functions that need to meet the delay requirement for processing time are set in the DU, and functions that do not need to meet the delay requirement are set in the CU.
  • the radio frequency device can be remote, not placed in the DU, can also be integrated in the DU, or part of the remote part is integrated in the DU, and there is no restriction here.
  • control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and realized by dividing them into different entities, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity) ).
  • the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal can be sent to the CU through the DU.
  • the DU may directly pass the protocol layer encapsulation without analyzing the signaling and transparently transmit it to the terminal or CU. If the following embodiments involve the transmission of such signaling between the DU and the terminal, at this time, the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario.
  • RRC or PDCP layer signaling will eventually be processed as PHY layer signaling and sent to the terminal, or converted from received PHY layer signaling. Under this architecture, the RRC or PDCP layer signaling can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or sent by the DU and radio frequency.
  • the CU is divided into network equipment on the radio access network (RAN) side.
  • the CU may also be divided into network equipment on the core network (CN) side, which is not limited here.
  • the devices in the following embodiments of the present application may be located in terminals or network devices according to the functions they implement.
  • the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a base station including a CU node and a DU node.
  • DRX Under the DRX mechanism, the terminal device will stop monitoring the PDCCH during the sleep period.
  • DRX can be divided into two types: idle state (IDLE) DRX and connected state (CONNECTED) C-DRX.
  • IDLE DRX refers to the discontinuous reception when the terminal device is in the idle state.
  • the terminal device under IDLE DRX mainly monitors paging messages. By defining the period of paging messages, the purpose of discontinuous reception can be achieved.
  • the terminal device monitors user data it leaves the idle state, for example, first enters the connected state from the idle state.
  • C-DRX refers to DRX when the terminal device is in the RRC connected state.
  • the terminal device can be in a variety of states, as shown in Figure 1, which is a possible C-DRX mode process.
  • the terminal device can be in the active period (on duration) or sleep period, where the sleep period can include light sleep (short sleep) and deep sleep (long sleep).
  • the sleep period can include light sleep (short sleep) and deep sleep (long sleep).
  • the terminal device will monitor the PDCCH, and during the sleep period, the terminal device will stop monitoring the PDCCH to reduce terminal device detection.
  • PDCCH energy consumption can also be referred to as a sleep state or an OFF state.
  • the cycle of discontinuous reception may include a long DRX cycle (long DRX cycle) and a short DRX cycle (short DRX cycle), where the long DRX cycle is an integer multiple of the short DRX cycle. Regardless of whether it is a long DRX cycle or a short DRX cycle, one DRX cycle is equal to the sum of the active period (which can be called wake-up time) and the sleep period (which can be called sleep time), as shown in Figure 1. In each DRX cycle, the terminal device will wake up to monitor the PDCCH during the active period and stop monitoring the PDCCH during the sleep period. Network equipment can configure DRX short cycle and DRX long cycle for terminal equipment.
  • terminal equipment can enter DRX long cycle.
  • Network equipment can also configure DRX long cycle for terminal equipment without configuring DRX short cycle.
  • DRX The configuration of the long cycle and the DRX short cycle is determined according to actual usage requirements.
  • the long DRX cycle can also be described as a long DRX cycle
  • the short DRX cycle can also be described as a short DRX cycle, and the name of the DRX cycle is not limited in this application.
  • the signal in the embodiment of the present application may include data and/or control signaling.
  • the need to receive a signal can be understood as the need to receive data and/or control signaling; the need to receive a signal can be understood as the need to receive data and/or control signaling.
  • Time unit is a time unit. For example, it can include one or more consecutive transmission time intervals (TTI), time slots, time domain symbols (symbols), subframes, and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing ((orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM). ) Symbol, etc.
  • the slot can be a full slot or a mini-slot (or non-slot), and the mini-slot contains less than 14 orthogonal frequency division multiplexing ( Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, a mini-slot can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or 13 OFDM symbols.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • 5G NR mainly uses antenna arrays to beam-forming signals to achieve precise narrow beams to provide services to user data, which can achieve longer coverage distances and reduce interference.
  • Beam management is the basic feature of the millimeter wave protocol.
  • the key process of beam management is defined: the L1/L2 process of acquiring and maintaining the uplink and downlink data transmission and reception beam sets, including beam determination, beam measurement, and beam scanning And beam reporting.
  • Beam determination refers to the process in which TRP or UE selects a suitable transmitting and receiving beam.
  • the requirement on the UE side is that the UE performs an alignment process after receiving the millimeter wave beam on the network device side, including downlink beam and uplink beam selection, and finally selects the optimal beam.
  • the UE needs to meet beam reciprocity.
  • Beam measurement refers to the shaped signal received by the UE from the network equipment side.
  • the shaped signal includes beam information.
  • the requirements of the UE side are: the beamforming signal of the network can be measured correctly, and the beam measurement can be reported correctly Signals can perform other actions of beam management based on the measurement results.
  • Beam scanning means that within a space area, the beam is sent and/or received in a predetermined manner within a certain time interval.
  • the requirement on the UE side is that the UE can scan the beam within a certain period of time and process the scan result correctly.
  • the requirement of the UE side is that the UE can report measurement information according to the requirements of the network side in different states, and take corresponding actions after the network equipment side responds.
  • “Multiple” refers to two or more. In view of this, “multiple” may also be understood as “at least two” in the embodiments of the present application. "At least one” can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. For example, including at least one refers to including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included. For example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then the included can be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.
  • the path loss is very high, and the power consumption of the terminal device is large.
  • the terminal will be frequently used The device enters the DRX state. Especially for the following scenarios:
  • VoIP voice over internet protocol
  • the terminal device is used for a small amount of time or number of times, and most of the time is in the off-screen state.
  • the power consumption of the modem accounts for a relatively high proportion of the overall power consumption.
  • the terminal device usually make the terminal device enter the DRX state, for example, you can make the terminal device enter the C-DRX state, after entering the C-DRX state, the terminal device only needs to monitor the PDCCH during the activation period, and does not need to monitor the PDCCH during the sleep period, which can reduce the terminal device detection PDCCH The energy consumption, and then can achieve the purpose of saving electricity.
  • the DRX cycle used when the terminal device enters the C-DRX state can be pre-configured by the network device according to the initial service state of the terminal device, and the service state of the terminal device changes in real time. If the service state of the subsequent terminal device changes, The DRX cycle pre-configured by the network device may no longer be applicable.
  • the network device can configure the DRX long period for the terminal device according to the initial service state, so that the terminal device can enter the deep
  • the PDCCH can not be monitored for a long time, and if the service status of the terminal device changes, from no data packet transmission to discontinuous small data packet transmission, the terminal device needs to monitor the PDCCH to achieve small Data packet transmission, and because the terminal device is in the C-DRX sleep period for a long time, it cannot monitor the PDCCH for a long time, which causes the terminal device to be unable to transmit small data packets for a long time, resulting in the transmission of these small data packets The delay increases, affecting the transmission efficiency.
  • the network device can adaptively change the DRX cycle configured for the terminal device according to the service status information reported by the terminal device in real time/periodically (for example, the terminal device’s traffic). As shown in Figure 2, this solution is adopted.
  • the terminal device can send a DRX configuration request message to the network device to request the network device to issue a new DRX cycle for the network device.
  • a new DRX cycle can be issued for the terminal device according to the DRX configuration request message, so that the terminal device can adopt the new DRX cycle to adapt to the current service state.
  • the DRX cycle in the existing protocol only includes the short DRX cycle and/or the long DRX cycle
  • the DRX cycle reconfigured by the network device for the terminal device in this solution can only be the short DRX cycle and/or the long DRX cycle .
  • the network device can adjust the DRX cycle according to the request of the terminal device using this solution, it can only be adjusted between the short DRX cycle and/or the long DRX cycle. For example, the network device can use the DRX cycle according to the request of the terminal device.
  • the short cycle is adjusted to the DRX long cycle, or the network device can be adjusted from the DRX long cycle to the DRX short cycle according to the request of the terminal device, or the network device can be adjusted from the DRX short cycle to the DRX short cycle and the DRX long cycle according to the request of the terminal device Cycle, or network equipment can adjust the DRX long cycle to DRX short cycle and DRX long cycle according to the request of the terminal device.
  • the flexibility of adjusting DRX cycle using this solution is low, and it cannot be well adapted to the dynamic changes of terminal equipment Business status.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method to achieve a more flexible adjustment of the discontinuous reception period to adapt to the terminal without increasing additional signaling overhead between network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the real-time changing business status of the equipment is a discontinuous reception configuration method to achieve a more flexible adjustment of the discontinuous reception period to adapt to the terminal without increasing additional signaling overhead between network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G communication system, or an LTE communication system, or may also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network architecture in FIG. 3 includes network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be connected wirelessly and can communicate through a wireless link.
  • the terminal equipment can be a fixed location or a mobile.
  • the number of terminal devices in Figure 3 is just an example.
  • network devices can provide services for multiple terminal devices, and all or some of the multiple terminal devices can be provided by the embodiments of this application.
  • Method, discontinuous reception configuration may be provided.
  • the terminal device in FIG. 3 may be a UE, for example.
  • the network device in FIG. 3 may be a RAN device, for example, a base station.
  • RAN equipment can correspond to different equipment in different systems.
  • it can correspond to eNB in the fourth generation mobile communication technology (4G) system, and it can correspond to the RAN equipment in the 5G system in the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G) system.
  • it can correspond to gNB in the 5G system.
  • the discontinuous reception configuration method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 as an example for description.
  • the network devices involved in the following may be network devices in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3
  • the terminal device involved in the following may be the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3.
  • discontinuous reception configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to other network architectures than the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 4 is an implementation flowchart of a discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
  • Step 101 The network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes M and/or N. It can correspond to three cases. In the first case, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes adjustment step size and M, in the second case, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes adjustment step size and N, and the third case, the first A discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes adjustment step size, M and N.
  • the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception.
  • the adjustment step length may be, for example, 2ms, 4ms, or 6ms, which is not limited in this application.
  • Both M and N are positive integers greater than or equal to 2.
  • M is the number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception
  • N is the number of consecutive times that no signal needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception .
  • M may be 2, 5, 8, or 10, etc., and the application does not limit the specific value of M.
  • N may be 2, 5, 8, or 10, etc., and the application does not limit the specific value of N.
  • the meaning of M and N in this application will be schematically described below with reference to FIG. 5. As shown in FIG. 5, FIG.
  • Each DRX short cycle includes an active period and a light sleep period.
  • M in the embodiment of the present application is 5.
  • M in the embodiment of the present application is 3.
  • N is 5. Still taking Figure 5 as an example, suppose that the terminal device does not need to receive signals when it is in the activation period 1, and the terminal device needs to receive signals when it is in the activation period 2, and it does not need to be when the terminal device is in the activation period 3, 4, and 5 If a signal is received, in this case, N in the embodiment of the present application is 3.
  • the network device can send the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device through an existing DRX configuration message (DRX config information), and of course, it can also send the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device through a new message.
  • DRX config information DRX config information
  • this application does not limit this.
  • the network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter through the DRX configuration message, it only needs to add the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the existing DRX configuration message, that is, it needs to be in the third-generation partnership plan (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP)
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter is added to the DRX-config information element in protocol 38.331.
  • the DRX configuration message may also include the following content: the initial value of the timer configured for the terminal device,
  • the configured timer may include one or more of the following timers: drx-on duration timer, drx-inactivity timer, drx-HARQ RTT timerDL, drx-HARQ RTT timerUL, drx-retransmission timerDL, drx-retransmission timerUL , Drx-long cycle timer, drx-short cycle timer.
  • the DRX configuration message may also include other content, which will not be listed here.
  • 1drx-on duration timer used to indicate the number of consecutive time units after the terminal device enters the DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device listens to the PDCCH during this time.
  • the time unit is 1/32ms or 1ms.
  • 2 drx-inactivity timer used to indicate the number of consecutive time units after the PDCCH indicates data transmission, or it can be understood as the time for the terminal device to detect the control channel after the control channel for data transmission, or it can be understood as indicating the The number of time units of consecutive control channels after the device detects the control channel indicating data transmission, or it can be understood as indicating that after the terminal device detects the downlink control information (DCI) indicating data transmission, the terminal device detects the control channel time. The terminal device listens to the PDCCH during this time period.
  • the time unit is 1ms.
  • drx-inactivity timer and inactivity timer have the same meaning as drx inactivity timer, and both refer to the non-continuous reception inactivity timer, but the name is different.
  • the non-continuous reception inactivity timer The name is not limited.
  • 3drx-HARQ RTT timerDL used to indicate the minimum number of consecutive time units before the downlink retransmission is received. It can also be understood as the minimum retransmission scheduling interval, which is used to indicate how many time units the next downlink data is sent at the earliest It can be understood that the terminal device does not listen to the PDCCH during the running of the timer.
  • the time unit is an OFDM symbol.
  • 4drx-HARQ RTT timerUL used to indicate the minimum number of consecutive time units before the uplink retransmission is received. It can also be understood as the minimum retransmission scheduling interval, that is, used to indicate the earliest time unit for the next uplink data transmission It can be understood that the network device will not receive uplink data during the running of the timer.
  • the time unit is an OFDM symbol.
  • 5 drx-retransmission timerDL is used to indicate the time for the terminal device to detect the control channel before the downlink data is retransmitted and received, or in other words, it is used to indicate the number of time units of continuous control channels before the downlink data is retransmitted and received.
  • the terminal device needs to listen to the PDCCH during this time.
  • the time unit is a slot.
  • 6drx-retransmission timerUL used to indicate the time when the network device receives data before the uplink data retransmission is received, or in other words, indicates the number of time units of continuous control channels before the uplink data retransmission is received.
  • the time unit is a slot.
  • 8drx-short cycle timer is the short cycle life cycle of the DRX mechanism, in ms.
  • the DRX configuration message may not include the initial value of the timer.
  • the initial value of the timer may be pre-appointed by the network device and the terminal device.
  • the DRX configuration message may be an RRC message.
  • the DRX configuration message may be an RRC setup message or an RRC reestablishment message or an RRC reconfiguration message, a MAC-CE message, or DCI signaling.
  • RRC setup message or an RRC reestablishment message or an RRC reconfiguration message, a MAC-CE message, or DCI signaling.
  • timers for example, drx-long cycle timer, drx-short cycle timer, on duration timer, drx-inactivity timer, HARQ RTT timer, and drx-retransmission timer, are the names used in the LTE system.
  • timer is applied to other communication systems, such as 5G or other types of communication systems, other names may also be used.
  • the name of the timer is not limited.
  • Step 102a The terminal device adjusts the period of discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
  • the terminal device may adopt different implementation manners to adjust the period of the discontinuous reception according to the content included in the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, and the adjustment step size includes a first step length.
  • the terminal device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following way: when the terminal device determines that it needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step. .
  • the network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter through the DRX configuration message, the first step length and M need to be added to the DRX-config information element.
  • the terminal device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by a first step length, and the first count means that signals need to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception.
  • the terminal device determines that the first count is equal to M.
  • the terminal device counts the first count.
  • the following uses a counter to count the first count as an example, and the above-mentioned first possible implementation manner will be described with an example.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the first step length and M, and the terminal device passes the counter 1 Count the first count as an example.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 201 The network device configures a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter for the terminal device.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the first step length and M.
  • Step 202 When the terminal device enters the DRX state, set the counter 1 to 0, so that the initial value of the counter 1 is 0.
  • the terminal device counts the first count through counter 1, and the count value of counter 1 can be understood as the first count.
  • Step 203 When the terminal device enters the active period of DRX, it is judged whether it needs to receive a signal during the active period, if it needs to receive a signal, execute step 204, and if it does not need to receive a signal, execute step 205.
  • Step 204 The terminal device adds 1 to the counter 1.
  • Step 205 The terminal device sets the counter 1 to 0.
  • Step 206 Determine whether the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M, if the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M, execute step 207, and if the count value of the counter 1 is not equal to M, execute step 203.
  • the terminal device can determine that the first count is equal to M, and then the terminal device can determine that the first count is equal to M. It is necessary to receive signals during the activation period.
  • Step 207 The terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step.
  • step 208 may be performed.
  • Step 208 The terminal device sets the counter 1 to 0.
  • the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step, and after setting counter 1 to 0, the method shown in Fig. 6 can be executed again.
  • the terminal device can continue to reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step length, which can realize the continuous and stepwise reduction of the period of discontinuous reception, and then can flexibly adjust the size of the period of discontinuous reception.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N
  • the adjustment step size includes a second step size.
  • the terminal device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following manner: the terminal device determines that it does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, and increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step. .
  • the terminal device can also count the second count before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step.
  • the second count means that no signal is required to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception.
  • the terminal device determines that the second count is equal to N.
  • the terminal device counts the second count.
  • the following uses a counter to count the second count as an example, and an example is used to describe the above-mentioned second possible implementation manner.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the second step size and N, and the terminal device passes The counter 2 counts the second count as an example.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 301 The network device configures a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter for the terminal device.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes a second step size and N.
  • Step 302 When the terminal device enters the DRX state, the counter 2 is set to 0, so that the initial value of the counter 2 is 0. In this example, the terminal device counts the second count through the counter 2, and the count value of the counter 2 can be understood as the second count.
  • Step 303 When the terminal device enters the active period of DRX, it is judged whether it needs to receive a signal during the active period. If it does not need to receive a signal, execute step 304, and if it needs to receive a signal, execute step 305.
  • Step 304 The terminal device increments the counter 2 by 1.
  • Step 305 The terminal device sets the counter 2 to 0.
  • Step 306 Determine whether the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N, if the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N, go to step 307, and if the count value of the counter 2 is not equal to N, go to step 303.
  • the terminal device can determine that the second count is equal to N, and then the terminal device can determine that the second count is equal to N. No signal is required during the activation period.
  • Step 307 The terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step.
  • step 308 may be performed.
  • Step 308 The terminal device sets the counter 2 to 0.
  • the terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step, and after setting counter 2 to 0, the method shown in Figure 7 can be executed again.
  • the counter 2 accumulates again
  • the terminal device can continue to increase the period of discontinuous reception by a second step length, which can realize the continuous and stepwise increase of the period of discontinuous reception, and can flexibly adjust the size of the period of discontinuous reception.
  • first step length and the second step length may be the same or different.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, M and N
  • the adjustment step size includes a first step size and a second step size.
  • the terminal device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following way: when the terminal device determines that it needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step. ; When the terminal device determines that it does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, it increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter may only include one of the first step length or the second step length. If the first step length and the second step length are not the same, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter may include two step lengths, the first step length and the second step length.
  • the network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter through the DRX configuration message, when the first step length is different from the second step length, it needs to be configured in the DRX-config information element If the first step length, the second step length, M and N are added to the DRX-config information element, when the first step length is the same as the second step length, the first step length, M and N must be added to the DRX-config information element.
  • the terminal device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by a first step.
  • the terminal device determines that the first count is equal to M; the terminal device determines the period of discontinuous reception Before increasing the second step size, the second count can also be counted, and the terminal device determines that the second count is equal to N.
  • the following uses a counter to count the first count and the second count as an example, and the third possible implementation manner described above is described with an example.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size, M and N, and the terminal device Take counter 1 to count the first count, and counter 2 to count the second count as an example.
  • the first step length and the second step length are the same as an example.
  • adjusting the step length may include the first step length or the second step length. The method includes the following steps:
  • Step 401 The network device configures a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter for the terminal device, where the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step, M and N.
  • Step 402 When the terminal device enters the DRX state, the counter 1 is set to 0, so that the initial value of the counter 1 is 0, and the counter 2 is set to 0, so that the initial value of the counter 2 is 0.
  • the terminal device counts the first count through counter 1, and the count value of counter 1 can be understood as the first count; the terminal device counts the second count through counter 2, and the count value of counter 2 can be understood as the second count .
  • Step 403 When the terminal device enters the active period of DRX, it is judged whether it needs to receive a signal during the active period. If it needs to receive a signal, it executes steps 404a and 404b. If it does not need to receive a signal, executes steps 404c and 404d.
  • Step 404a The terminal device sets the counter 2 to 0.
  • Step 404b The terminal device adds 1 to the counter 1.
  • Step 404c The terminal device increments the counter 2 by 1.
  • Step 404d The terminal device sets the counter 1 to 0.
  • Step 405a Determine whether the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M, if the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M, perform step 406a, and if the count value of the counter 1 is not equal to M, perform step 403.
  • Step 406a The terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by an adjustment step.
  • Step 407a The terminal device sets the counter 1 to 0.
  • Step 405b Determine whether the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N, if the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N, execute step 406b, and if the count value of the counter 2 is not equal to N, execute step 403.
  • Step 406b The terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by an adjustment step.
  • Step 407b The terminal device sets the counter 2 to 0.
  • the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the adjustment step, and after setting counter 1 to 0, the method shown in Figure 8 can be executed again.
  • the terminal device can continue to reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step length, which can realize the continuous and stepwise reduction of the period of discontinuous reception, and can flexibly adjust the size of the period of discontinuous reception.
  • the terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the adjustment step, and after setting counter 2 to 0, the method shown in Figure 8 can be executed again.
  • the terminal device accumulates to N again, the terminal device can continue the period of discontinuous reception.
  • Increasing the second step size can realize the continuous and stepwise increase of the period of discontinuous reception, and the size of the period of discontinuous reception can be flexibly adjusted.
  • Step 102b The network device adjusts the period of discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
  • the method for the network device to adjust the period of discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter is similar to the method for the terminal device to adjust the period of discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
  • the network device may also adopt different implementation manners to adjust the period of discontinuous reception.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, and the adjustment step size includes a first step length.
  • the network device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following way: when the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first Stride.
  • the network device can know whether the terminal device needs to receive the signal every time the terminal device is in the non-continuous reception activation period.
  • the network device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step.
  • the first count is that the terminal device needs to be in each activation period of discontinuous reception. For the consecutive number of received signals, the network device determines that the first count is equal to M.
  • the network device counts the first count.
  • the network device can also count the first count through counter 1 as in the example of FIG. 6 above.
  • the method of the first counting is similar, and will not be repeated here. With this method, both the terminal device and the network device can count the first count through counter 1, and the terminal device and the network device can synchronously reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step when determining that the first count is equal to M.
  • the terminal device configures the terminal device with the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter at the initial moment, subsequently, no signaling interaction is required between the terminal device and the network device, and the terminal device can synchronize the discontinuous reception period with the network device.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N
  • the adjustment step size includes a second step size.
  • the network device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following manner: the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous reception, and increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second Stride.
  • the network device may also count the second count before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step, and the network device determines that the second count is equal to N.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit how the network device counts the second count.
  • the network device can also use the counter 2 to count the second count like the example shown in FIG. 7 above. For details, please refer to the description in FIG. 7 and the terminal device statistics.
  • the second counting method is similar and will not be repeated here. With this method, both the terminal device and the network device can count the second count through the counter 2.
  • the terminal device and the network device can synchronously increase the period of discontinuous reception by the second step when determining that the second count is equal to N. In this way, as long as the network device configures the terminal device with the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter at the initial moment, subsequently, no signaling interaction is required between the terminal device and the network device, and the terminal device can synchronize the discontinuous reception period with the network device.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, M and N
  • the adjustment step size includes a first step size and a second step size.
  • the network device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following way: when the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first Step size: When the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, it increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter may only include one of the first step length or the second step length. If the first step length and the second step length are not the same, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter may include two step lengths, the first step length and the second step length.
  • the network device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, and the network device determines that the first count is equal to M; the network device determines the period of discontinuous reception Before increasing the second step size, the second count can also be counted, and the network device determines that the second count is equal to N.
  • the network device may also use the counter 1 to count the first count and the counter 2 to count the second count as in the above example of FIG. 8. For specific statistics, refer to the description in FIG. 8 and will not be repeated here.
  • both the terminal device and the network device can count the first count through counter 1.
  • the terminal device and the network device can synchronously reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step when determining that the first count is equal to M, and, Both the terminal device and the network device can count the second count through the counter 2.
  • the terminal device and the network device determine that the second count is equal to N the period of discontinuous reception can be increased by the second step synchronously.
  • the terminal device is configured with the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, and subsequently, without signaling interaction between the terminal device and the network device, the terminal device can synchronize the discontinuous reception period with the network device.
  • step 102a and step 102b are performed simultaneously.
  • step 102a is performed first, and then step 102b is performed.
  • step 102b is performed first, and then step 102a is performed.
  • step 102a and step 102b are performed simultaneously.
  • the network device only needs to configure the discontinuous reception configuration parameters for the terminal device once to realize the adaptive adjustment of the discontinuous reception cycle, without the need for additional signaling interaction between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the signaling overhead can be saved.
  • the use of this method to adjust the period of discontinuous reception is not limited to adjusting the period of discontinuous reception between the DRX short period and/or the DRX long period.
  • This method can be used to adjust the DRX short period or DRX period.
  • the long period increases or decreases the adjustment step size, and the adjustment step size in this application is not limited, so the flexibility of adjusting the period of discontinuous reception by the method of this application is higher.
  • the network device determines that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device, there may be a situation in which the terminal device has adjusted the period of discontinuous reception, but the network device has not adjusted the period of discontinuous reception. This will cause the terminal device to communicate with the network.
  • the DRX configuration between devices is not uniform, which may cause subsequent data transmission errors and affect transmission efficiency.
  • the network device may also send the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive the second discontinuous reception configuration from the network device Parameter. After receiving the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter, the terminal device may also use the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter. In this way, it can be ensured that the DRX configuration parameters between the terminal device and the network device are consistent, and the discontinuous reception configuration parameters between the terminal device and the network device can be avoided from being misaligned.
  • the first condition includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • Item 1 The network device determines that it has failed to send a signal to the terminal device.
  • the network device can determine whether there is a data packet loss through the acknowledgement (ACK) or negative acknowledgement (NACK) fed back by the terminal device.
  • the network device can determine to send a signal to the terminal device If it fails, at this time, the network device may send the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device to ensure that the discontinuous reception configuration parameter between the network device and the terminal device can be aligned.
  • the network device may also determine that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device through a notification message of the terminal device. For example, suppose the network device is configured with DAI and T-DAI for the terminal device. The terminal device can determine whether there is a data packet loss through DAI and T-DAI. If there is a data packet loss, it can notify the network device through a notification message, and then the network device It can be determined according to the notification message that the signal to the terminal device has failed.
  • Item 2 The signal transmission time between the network device and the terminal device reaches the first threshold. In this way, the network device and the terminal device can agree to perform a discontinuous reception configuration parameter alignment when the signal transmission time reaches the first threshold, which can ensure that the DRX configuration between the terminal device and the network device is consistent and avoid communication errors.
  • the discontinuous reception configuration method described above in this application is used for discontinuous reception configuration to adapt to the real-time changing service status of the terminal device.
  • network equipment configures a unified drx-inactivity timer for terminal equipment, and the unified drx-inactivity timer cannot meet the service requirements of all terminal equipment. How to configure drx-inactivity timer to meet the service requirements of different terminal equipment is a need Another technical problem solved.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide another discontinuous reception configuration method and device to flexibly configure the drx-inactivity timer to meet the service requirements of different terminal devices.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of another discontinuous reception configuration method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 501 The terminal device measures the first CQI.
  • Step 502 The terminal device determines the first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between at least one CQI and at least one drx-inactivity timer. It should be noted that the corresponding relationship in this application can also be understood as a mapping relationship, and the corresponding relationship and the mapping relationship may be described interchangeably below.
  • the size of the CQI in the first correspondence relationship is inversely related to the size of the drx-inactivity timer, and can also be understood as inversely proportional, that is, the larger the value of the CQI in the first correspondence relationship, the greater the value of the CQI The corresponding drx-inactivity timer is smaller.
  • the first correspondence may be configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
  • the drx-inactivity timer is configured according to the size of the CQI. Since terminal equipment with low CQI (for example, terminal equipment at the edge of a cell) is more likely to require data retransmission, it requires greater transmission time and transmission times.
  • the above-mentioned method provided in this application is for this part of terminals with low CQI
  • the device is configured with a larger drx-inactivity timer to increase the transmission time of the part of the terminal equipment with low CQI, thereby increasing the number of transmissions.
  • the terminal equipment with low CQI can be configured with a higher drx-inactivity timer to improve transmission effectiveness.
  • the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of the terminal equipment with high CQI is also high, and the coding efficiency is higher, which means that the number of bits that can be transmitted at one time is more.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • Data transmission can be completed with less transmission time and transmission times.
  • the above method provided in this application configures a small drx-inactivity timer for this part of terminal equipment with high CQI to reduce the cost of this part of terminal equipment with low CQI. Transmission time, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the first correspondence relationship may be presented in the form of a table. See Table 1 for a first correspondence relationship provided in this embodiment of the application.
  • the first correspondence relationship in Table 1 is only for illustrative purposes. The first correspondence in this application is not limited to this.
  • the first correspondence shown in Table 1 includes 10 correspondences.
  • the first correspondence is: when the CQI is 10, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 4, and the second correspondence is : When the CQI is 9, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 5.
  • the third correspondence is: when the CQI is 8, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 10, and the fourth correspondence is: when the CQI is 7 ,
  • the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 20, the fifth correspondence is: when the CQI is 6, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 30, and the sixth correspondence is: when the CQI is 5, the corresponding drx-inactivity
  • the timer is 40
  • the seventh correspondence is: when the CQI is 4, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 50
  • the eighth correspondence is: when the CQI is 3, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 60
  • the ninth One correspondence is: when the CQI is 2, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 80, and the tenth correspondence is: when the CQI is 1, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 100.
  • the terminal device can determine that the first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI is 30 according to the first correspondence in Table 1.
  • CQI is an instantaneous variable, it is greatly affected by the channel in a time-varying scenario. Therefore, in a time-varying scenario, the CQI refers to the average value of the CQI over a period of time.
  • Step 503 The terminal device sends the first CQI to the network device, and the network device receives the first CQI from the terminal device.
  • Step 504 The network device determines the first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and the first correspondence.
  • step 502 is performed first, and then step 503 is performed.
  • step 503 is performed first, and then step 502 is performed.
  • step 502 and step 503 are performed simultaneously.
  • the configuration of drx-inactivity timer is optimized according to the CQI.
  • the drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the CQI can be determined according to the measured CQI and the first corresponding relationship.
  • the drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the CQI can be determined according to the CQI reported by the terminal device and the first correspondence. In this way, the network device can determine the drx-inactivity timer used by the terminal device without signaling interaction with the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be scheduled in a reasonable time.
  • this method can prevent terminal devices with low CQI from being configured with a smaller drx-inactivity timer, which causes the problem of large service transmission delay. In addition, this method can prevent terminal devices with high CQI from being configured with a larger drx-inactivity timer, which causes the problem of waste of power consumption.
  • the embodiments of this application provide yet another discontinuous reception configuration method and device, by which the terminal device can wake up in the last short period of the sleep period and perform beam selection, so that the beam of the terminal device and the network device The beam alignment of the terminal device can then ensure that the beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device after the terminal device enters the DRX activation period.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application refers to a millimeter wave terminal device, and can also be understood as a terminal device using millimeter waves.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of another discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application. The method includes the following steps:
  • Step 601 The terminal device determines a first speed level, where the first speed level represents how fast the terminal device moves or rotates.
  • the terminal device may detect the moving speed through a sensor accelerometer, and may detect the rotation speed through a gyroscope. After detecting the moving speed and/or the rotation speed, the terminal device may further determine the first speed according to the moving speed and/or the rotation speed. Speed rating. Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine the speed level corresponding to the measured movement speed and/or rotation speed according to the corresponding relationship between the movement speed and/or the rotation speed and the speed level.
  • the terminal device may determine the moving speed or the rotating speed, and send the moving speed or the rotating speed to the network device, and the network device determines which speed the moving speed or the rotating speed belongs to according to a preset rule grade. For example, suppose that the terminal device determines that the moving speed is 9 (just as an indication), and then can send the moving speed to the network device, and the network device can determine according to the correspondence between the moving speed and the speed level stored in advance, as shown in Table 2. The speed level corresponding to this movement speed 9 is high speed.
  • Step 602 The terminal device sends the first speed grade to the network device, and the network device receives the first speed grade from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the first speed level to the network device through the existing UE assistance information message, and of course, it may also send the first speed level to the network device through a new message, which is not limited in this application.
  • a new field-the speed level of the terminal device (for example, UE-speed), needs to be added to the existing UE assistance information message.
  • this field can correspond to multiple Levels, such as low speed, high speed, medium speed, and stationary.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device is in a static state during the sleep period, the problem of beam misalignment will not occur, and the method of the present application does not need to be used for beam alignment.
  • Step 603 The network device determines a first pre-wake-up-window corresponding to the first speed class and the first number of beams according to the first speed class, the first number of beams of the terminal device, and the second correspondence.
  • the second correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence of at least one speed level, at least one number of beams, and at least one pre-preparation time
  • the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception
  • the terminal device is within the pre-preparation time You can wake up from sleep for beam selection.
  • the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception. It can also be understood that the pre-preparation time is a period of time included in the sleep period of discontinuous reception.
  • this application Another possible C-DRX mode flow diagram is provided.
  • the C-DRX mode in Fig. 11 is a mode in which the preparation time is configured using the method shown in Fig. 10 of this application. It can be seen from Fig. 11 that in the C-DRX state Next, the period before the activation period, that is, the last period included in the sleep period, is the preparation time.
  • the size of the number of beams in the second correspondence is positively correlated with the length of the pre-preparation time, which can also be understood as being proportional, that is, the more the number of beams in the second correspondence, the more the number of beams corresponds to The longer the preparation time.
  • the speed represented by the speed level in the second correspondence is positively correlated with the length of the pre-preparation time, which can also be understood as proportional, that is, the greater the speed represented by the speed level in the second correspondence, the greater the speed with the speed level The corresponding preparation time is longer.
  • the second correspondence may be configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
  • the second correspondence relationship may be presented in the form of a table. See Table 3, which is a second correspondence relationship provided in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Table 3 is only for illustrative purposes.
  • the second correspondence in this application is not limited to this.
  • the second correspondence shown in Table 3 includes 9 correspondences.
  • the first correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is less than 10, and the speed class is low speed, the corresponding preparation time is The last 1/6 of the sleep period
  • the second corresponding relationship is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is less than 10, and the speed level is medium speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/5 of the sleep period
  • the third The corresponding relationship is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is less than 10 and the speed class is high-speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/4 of the sleep period
  • the fourth corresponding relationship is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than or equal to 10 When the speed level is less than or equal to 20 and the speed level is low, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/5 of the sleep period.
  • the fifth correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than or equal to 10 and less than or equal to 20, the speed level is medium speed When the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/4 of the sleep period
  • the sixth correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than or equal to 10 and less than or equal to 20, and the speed level is high-speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is sleep In the last 1/3 of the period
  • the seventh correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than 20 and the speed level is low, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/4 of the sleep period
  • the eighth correspondence As: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than 20 and the speed level is medium speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/3 of the sleep period.
  • the ninth correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than 20, the speed When the level is high speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/2 time of the sleep period.
  • the network device in step 603 can be based on the first speed class, the first number of beams of the terminal device, and the second correspondence, It is determined that the first pre-preparation time corresponding to the first speed level and the first number of beams is the last 1/6 time of the sleep period.
  • Step 604 The network device sends the first preparation time to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first preparation time from the network device.
  • the terminal device may wake up from the sleep period at the first preparation time to perform beam selection.
  • Step 605 The terminal device wakes up within the first pre-preparation time, and performs beam selection, so that the reselected beam is aligned with the beam of the network device.
  • the beam selection performed by the terminal device may include processes such as beam determination, beam measurement, beam scanning, and beam reporting, so that the reselected beam is finally aligned with the beam of the network device.
  • the network device can configure the pre-preparation time for the terminal device according to the speed level of the terminal device, the number of beams of the terminal device, and the second correspondence, so that the terminal device can wake up at the pre-preparation time and perform beam selection to make
  • the beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device, thereby ensuring that the beam of the terminal device and the beam of the network device are aligned after the terminal device enters the DRX activation period.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device may have a structure as shown in FIG. 12 and have the behavioral functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device 1200 may include a transceiving unit 1201 and a processing unit 1202.
  • the transceiving unit 1201 may be used to receive the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network device, and the processing unit 1202 may be used to The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter adjusts the period of the discontinuous reception.
  • the processing unit 1202 may be configured to measure the first CQI, and may also be configured to determine the first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and the first corresponding relationship.
  • the transceiver unit 1201 may be configured to send the first CQI to a network device.
  • the processing unit 1202 may be used to determine a first speed level
  • the transceiving unit 1201 may be used to send the first speed level to a network device
  • the transceiving unit 1201 may also be used to receive data from the network device.
  • the processing unit 1202 may also be configured to perform beam selection according to the first pre-preparation time.
  • the terminal device 1200 may also have a storage unit 1203, which may be coupled with the processing unit 1202, and used to store programs and instructions required by the processing unit 1202 to perform functions.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes M and/or N
  • the adjustment step size is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception
  • M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2
  • the M is the number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received in each active period of the discontinuous reception
  • the N is The activation period of the reception does not require consecutive times of receiving the signal.
  • the first pre-preparation time is a parameter determined according to the first speed level, the number of first beams of the terminal device, and a second correspondence relationship
  • the second correspondence relationship includes at least one speed grade, at least A one-to-one correspondence between the number of beams and at least one pre-preparation time, where the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, and the terminal device wakes up to perform beam selection during the pre-preparation time.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the M
  • the adjustment step size includes the first step size.
  • the processing unit 1202 is specifically configured to: determine that when a signal needs to be received during the activation periods of the M consecutive discontinuous receptions, reduce the period of the discontinuous reception by the first step length.
  • processing unit 1202 is further configured to:
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the N
  • the adjustment step size includes the second step size.
  • the processing unit 1202 is specifically configured to: when it is determined that no signal is required to be received during the activation periods of the N consecutive discontinuous receptions, increase the period of the discontinuous reception by the second step.
  • processing unit 1202 is further configured to:
  • a second count may also be counted, and the second count is the number of consecutive times that a signal is not required to be received in each active period of the discontinuous reception ;
  • the transceiver unit 1201 may be further configured to: receive the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device;
  • the processing unit 1202 is further configured to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter using the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
  • the first correspondence is configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
  • the second correspondence is configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may also have the structure of the terminal device 1300 as shown in FIG. 13.
  • the terminal device 1300 may include at least one processor 1302, and the at least one processor 1302 is configured to couple with a memory. , Read and execute the instructions in the memory to implement the steps involved in the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1300 may also include a transceiver 1301 for supporting the terminal device to receive or send signaling or data.
  • the transceiver 1301 in the terminal device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 can be used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1201 described above.
  • the transceiver 1301 can be used in the terminal device 1300 to execute step 101 in the method shown in FIG. 4, Or it can be used to perform step 503 in the method shown in FIG. 9, or it can be used to perform step 602 and step 604 in the method shown in FIG. 10.
  • the processor 1302 can be used to implement the above-mentioned processing unit 1202.
  • the processor 1302 can be used for the terminal device 1300 to execute step 102a in the method shown in FIG. 4, or can be used to execute steps 501 and 502 in the method shown in FIG. 9, or can be used to execute Step 601 and step 605 in the method are shown in FIG. 10.
  • the transceiver 1301 may be coupled with the antenna 1303 to support the terminal device 1300 to communicate.
  • the terminal device 1300 may further include a memory 1304, which stores computer programs and instructions.
  • the memory 1304 may be coupled with the processor 1302 and/or the transceiver 1301 to support the processor 1302 to call the computer programs in the memory 1304,
  • the instructions are used to implement the steps involved in the terminal device in the method provided by the embodiment of this application; in addition, the memory 1304 can also be used to store the data involved in the method embodiment of this application, for example, it is used to store the data necessary to support the transceiver 1301 to achieve interaction.
  • the data, instructions, and/or are used to store configuration information necessary for the terminal device 1300 to execute the method described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a network device.
  • the network device may have a structure as shown in FIG. 14 and have the behavioral function of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network device 1400 may include a transceiving unit 1401 and a processing unit 1402.
  • the transceiving unit 1401 can be used to send the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the processing unit 1402 can be used to The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter adjusts the period of the discontinuous reception.
  • the transceiving unit 1401 may be configured to receive a first CQI from a terminal device, and the processing unit 1402 may be configured to determine a first CQI corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and a first correspondence relationship.
  • the first correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between at least one CQI and at least one drx-inactivity timer.
  • the transceiving unit 1401 may be configured to receive a first speed level from a terminal device, where the first speed level represents how fast the terminal device moves or rotates; the processing unit 1402 may be configured to A speed level, the first number of beams of the terminal device, and a second correspondence relationship, determine a first pre-preparation time corresponding to the first speed level and the first number of beams, and the second correspondence relationship includes at least A one-to-one correspondence between a speed level, at least one number of beams, and at least one pre-preparation time, where the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, and the terminal device wakes up during the pre-preparation time Perform beam selection; the transceiver unit 1401 may also be used to send the first pre-preparation time to the terminal device.
  • the network device 1400 may also have a storage unit 1403, and the storage unit 1403 may be coupled with the processing unit 1402 to store programs and instructions required by the processing unit 1402 to perform
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the M
  • the adjustment step size includes the first step size.
  • the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: when determining that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation periods of the M consecutive discontinuous receptions, reduce the period of the discontinuous reception by the first One step long.
  • processing unit 1402 is further configured to:
  • a first count can also be counted, and the first count is that the terminal device needs to receive the data during each activation period of the discontinuous reception.
  • the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the N
  • the adjustment step size includes the second step size.
  • the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: when determining that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation periods of the N consecutive discontinuous receptions, increase the period of the discontinuous reception by the first Two steps.
  • processing unit 1402 is further configured to:
  • a second count may also be counted.
  • the second count means that the terminal device does not need to receive during each active period of discontinuous reception. The number of consecutive signals;
  • processing unit 1402 is further configured to:
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the time for signal transmission between the network device and the terminal device reaches a first threshold.
  • the first correspondence is configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
  • the second correspondence is configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
  • the network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may also have the structure of the network device 1500 as shown in FIG. 15.
  • the network device 1500 may include at least one processor 1502, and the at least one processor 1502 is configured to couple with a memory. , Read and execute the instructions in the memory to implement the steps involved in the network device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network device 1500 may further include a transceiver 1501 for supporting the network device to receive or send signaling or data.
  • the transceiver 1501 in the network device 1500 shown in FIG. 15 can be used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1401 described above.
  • the transceiver 1501 can be used by the network device 1500 to execute step 101 in the method shown in FIG.
  • the processor 1502 can be used to implement the above-mentioned processing unit 1402. Function, for example, the processor 1502 can be used for the network device 1500 to execute step 102b in the method shown in FIG. 4, or can execute step 504 in the method shown in FIG. 9, or can execute the method shown in FIG. Step 603 in.
  • the transceiver 1501 may be coupled with the antenna 1503 to support the network device 1500 to communicate.
  • the network device 1500 may further include a memory 1504 in which computer programs and instructions are stored.
  • the memory 1504 may be coupled with the processor 1502 and/or the transceiver 1501 to support the processor 1502 to call the computer programs in the memory 1504,
  • the instructions are used to implement the steps involved in the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of this application; in addition, the memory 1504 can also be used to store the data involved in the method embodiment of this application, for example, it is used to store the data necessary to support the transceiver 1501 to achieve interaction
  • the data, instructions, and/or are used to store configuration information necessary for the network device 1500 to execute the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which some instructions are stored. When these instructions are called and executed by a computer, the computer can complete the above method embodiments and method implementations. Examples of methods involved in any possible design.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is not limited. For example, it may be random-access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), etc.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which can complete the method embodiment and the method involved in any possible design of the above method embodiment when the computer program product is invoked and executed by a computer.
  • the present application further provides a chip, which is coupled with a transceiver, and is used to complete the foregoing method embodiment and the method involved in any one of the possible implementations of the method embodiment, wherein "Coupling” means that two components are directly or indirectly combined with each other. This combination can be fixed or movable. This combination can allow fluid, electricity, electrical signals or other types of signals to be connected between the two components. Communicate between.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of this application can be implemented by general-purpose processors, digital signal processors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, Discrete gates or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above are designed to implement or operate the described functions.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, and optionally, the general-purpose processor may also be any traditional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • the processor can also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration achieve.
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • the software unit can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other storage medium in the field.
  • the storage medium may be connected to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium, and can store and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be arranged in an ASIC, and the ASIC can be arranged in a terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also be arranged in different components in the terminal device.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a discontinuous reception configuration method and a device, which are used to adjust DRX cycle according to real-time changing service state of a terminal apparatus. The method includes: the terminal apparatus receives a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network apparatus, the parameter includes adjusting step size and M, and when the adjusting step size includes a first step size,the terminal apparatus determines that when all M discontinuous reception activation periods need to receive a signal, the discontinuous reception cycle is reduced by the first step size. And/or, the parameter includes the adjusting step size and N, and when the adjusting step size includes a second step size, the terminal apparatus determines that when all N discontinuous reception activation periods do not need to receive the signal, the discontinuous reception cycle is increased by the second step size. The adjusting step size is used to adjust the discontinuous reception cycle, M and N are positive integers greater than or equal to 2, M is the number of continuous times that the signal needs to be received during each discontinuous reception activation period, N is the number of continuous times that no signal needs to be received during each discontinuous reception activation period.

Description

一种非连续接收的配置方法和装置Configuration method and device for discontinuous reception
本申请要求在2019年3月18日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910204922.7、发明名称为“一种非连续接收的配置方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China, the application number is 201910204922.7, and the invention title is "a discontinuous reception configuration method and device" on March 18, 2019, the entire content of which is by reference Incorporated in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及移动通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种非连续接收的配置方法和装置。This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular to a discontinuous reception configuration method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前,在无线通信系统,例如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)通信系统以及第五代(the 5th generation,5G)通信系统中,引入了连接态的非连续接收(connected-discontinuous reception,C-DRX)机制,在该机制下,终端设备在处于无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接态时,周期性地进入睡眠状态(或称为睡眠模式或睡眠期等),在睡眠状态不监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH),在需要监听PDCCH时,终端设备从睡眠状态唤醒(wake up)进入激活状态(或称为激活期或激活模式等),进而达到省电的目的。At present, in wireless communication systems, such as long-term evolution (LTE) communication systems and the 5th generation (5G) communication systems, connected-discontinuous reception (C- DRX) mechanism, under this mechanism, when the terminal device is in the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connection state, it periodically enters the sleep state (or called the sleep mode or sleep period, etc.), and does not listen in the sleep state Physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), when the PDCCH needs to be monitored, the terminal device wakes up from the sleep state and enters the active state (or called the active period or active mode, etc.), thereby saving power .
现有的C-DRX机制中,网络设备预先为终端设备配置固定的非连续接收周期(DRX cycle),之后一段时间内终端设备根据该固定的非连续接收周期监听PDCCH。由于终端设备的业务状态是实时变化的,故网络设备预先配置的固定的非连续接收周期可能并不适合终端设备实时的业务状态。因此,如何进行非连续接收的配置以适应终端设备实时变化的业务状态是值得研究的问题。In the existing C-DRX mechanism, the network device configures a fixed discontinuous reception cycle (DRX cycle) for the terminal device in advance, and the terminal device monitors the PDCCH according to the fixed discontinuous reception cycle for a period of time. Since the service status of the terminal equipment changes in real time, the fixed discontinuous reception period pre-configured by the network equipment may not be suitable for the real-time service status of the terminal equipment. Therefore, how to configure discontinuous reception to adapt to the real-time changing service status of terminal equipment is a problem worthy of study.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种非连续接收的配置方法和装置,用以根据终端设备实时变化的业务状态调整DRX周期。The embodiments of the present application provide a discontinuous reception configuration method and device, which are used to adjust the DRX cycle according to the real-time changing service status of the terminal device.
第一方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一非连续接收配置参数,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数;第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,调整步长包括第一步长时,终端设备确定在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长,网络设备确定终端设备在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长。和/或,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,调整步长包括第二步长时,终端设备确定在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长,网络设备确定终端设备在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。In a first aspect, the present application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, the method includes: a network device sends a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to a terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device; A discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes adjustment step length and M. When the adjustment step length includes the first step length, when the terminal device determines that it needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, the period of discontinuous reception is reduced The first step is long. When the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive signals during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step. And/or, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and N, and when the adjustment step includes the second step size, the terminal device determines that the signal is not required to be received during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, and will not The period of continuous reception is increased by a second step, and the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, and the period of discontinuous reception is increased by the second step.
其中,调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,M和N均为大于等于2的正整数,M为终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,N为终端设备在每个非连续 接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Among them, the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, M and N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, M is the number of consecutive times the terminal device needs to receive a signal in each active period of discontinuous reception, and N is the terminal The device does not need to receive the signal consecutive times in each activation period of discontinuous reception.
通过上述方法,网络设备只需要为终端设备配置一次非连续接收配置参数,即可实现非连续接收的周期的自适应调整,无需终端设备与网络设备之间进行额外的信令交互,可节省信令开销,此外,采用该方法调整非连续接收的周期,不局限于在DRX短周期和/或DRX长周期之间调整非连续接收的周期,采用该方法可以将DRX短周期或DRX长周期增加或者减小调整步长,而本申请中调整步长是不限定的,故采用本申请的方法调整非连续接收的周期的灵活性更高。Through the above method, the network device only needs to configure the discontinuous reception configuration parameters for the terminal device once to realize the adaptive adjustment of the period of discontinuous reception. There is no need for additional signaling interaction between the terminal device and the network device, which can save information. In addition, using this method to adjust the period of discontinuous reception is not limited to adjusting the period of discontinuous reception between DRX short period and/or DRX long period. This method can increase DRX short period or DRX long period Or reduce the adjustment step length, and the adjustment step length in this application is not limited, so the flexibility of adjusting the period of discontinuous reception using the method of this application is higher.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之前,还包括:终端设备统计第一计数,第一计数为在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;终端设备确定第一计数等于M。网络设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之前,还包括:网络设备统计第一计数,第一计数为终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;网络设备确定第一计数等于M。In a possible design, before the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step, it also includes: the terminal device counts the first count, the first count is that signals need to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception The number of consecutive times; the terminal device determines that the first count is equal to M. Before the network device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, it also includes: the network device counts the first count, the first count is the number of consecutive times the terminal device needs to receive a signal during each activation period of discontinuous reception; The device determines that the first count is equal to M.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之前,还包括:终端设备统计第二计数,第二计数为在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;终端设备确定第二计数等于N。网络设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之前,还包括:网络设备统计第二计数,第二计数为终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;网络设备确定第二计数等于N。In a possible design, before the terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step, it further includes: the terminal device counts a second count, the second count means that no signal is required to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception The number of consecutive times; the terminal device determines that the second count is equal to N. Before the network device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step, it also includes: the network device counts a second count, the second count is the number of consecutive times that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during each activation period of discontinuous reception; The device determines that the second count is equal to N.
第二方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法可由终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法的通信装置(例如芯片系统)执行,在本申请中,以由终端设备执行该方法为例进行描述。该方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数;第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,调整步长包括第一步长时,终端设备确定在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长。和/或,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,调整步长包括第二步长时,终端设备确定在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。In the second aspect, this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method. In this application, the terminal device executes the method. The method is described as an example. The method includes: a terminal device receives a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network device; the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, and when the adjustment step includes the first step length, the terminal device determines that it is in continuous M When the active periods of discontinuous reception all need to receive signals, reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step. And/or, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and N, and when the adjustment step includes the second step size, the terminal device determines that the signal is not required to be received during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, and will not The period of continuous reception is increased by the second step.
其中,调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,M和N均为大于等于2的正整数,M为在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,N为在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Among them, the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, M and N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, M is the number of consecutive times the signal needs to be received in each activation period of discontinuous reception, and N is The activation period of discontinuous reception does not require consecutive times of receiving the signal.
通过上述方法,终端设备确定在非连续接收的激活期连续M次需要接收信号时,说明此时终端设备可能有数据需要接收,此时将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长,可以减小终端设备的睡眠时间,相应的增加信号接收时间,可减小信号的传输时延,进而提升信号的传输效率。反之,终端设备确定在非连续接收的激活期连续N次不需要接收信号时,说明此时终端设备没有数据需要接收,此时将非连续接收的周期增加第一步长,可以增加终端设备的睡眠时间,可减小功率消耗。可实现在不增加网络设备与终端设备之间额外信令开销的情况下,更灵活的调整非连续接收的周期,以适应终端设备实时变化的业务状态。Through the above method, when the terminal device determines that it needs to receive a signal M consecutive times during the activation period of discontinuous reception, it means that the terminal device may have data to receive at this time. At this time, reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step, which can be reduced. The sleep time of the small terminal device increases the signal receiving time correspondingly, which can reduce the signal transmission delay, thereby improving the signal transmission efficiency. Conversely, when the terminal device determines that it does not need to receive signals for N consecutive times during the activation period of discontinuous reception, it means that the terminal device has no data to receive at this time. At this time, increase the period of discontinuous reception by one step to increase the terminal device’s Sleep time can reduce power consumption. It is possible to adjust the period of discontinuous reception more flexibly without increasing the additional signaling overhead between the network equipment and the terminal equipment to adapt to the real-time changing service status of the terminal equipment.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之前,还可以统计第一计数,第一计数为在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,终端设备确定第一计数等于M。In a possible design, the terminal device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length. The first count is the number of consecutive times that the signal needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception. , The terminal device determines that the first count is equal to M.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之前,还可以统计第二计数,第二计数为在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数,终端设备确定 第二计数等于N。In a possible design, the terminal device can also count the second count before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step. The second count is the number of consecutive times that the signal does not need to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception. , The terminal device determines that the second count is equal to N.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备接收来自网络设备的重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数,并使用第二非连续接收配置参数更新第一非连续接收配置参数。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device, and uses the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
通过上述方法,可保证终端设备与网络设备之间的DRX配置参数一致,可避免终端设备与网络设备之间的非连续接收配置参数不对齐的情况发生。Through the above method, it can be ensured that the DRX configuration parameters between the terminal device and the network device are consistent, and the discontinuous reception configuration parameters between the terminal device and the network device can be avoided from being misaligned.
第三方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法可由网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法的通信装置(例如芯片系统)执行,在本申请中,以由网络设备执行该方法为例进行描述。该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一非连续接收配置参数,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,调整步长包括第一步长时,网络设备确定终端设备在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长。和/或,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,调整步长包括第二步长时,网络设备确定终端设备在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。In the third aspect, this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the method. In this application, the network device executes the method. The method is described as an example. The method includes: the network device sends a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, and when the adjustment step size includes the first step length, the network device determines that the terminal device is in continuous M When all the active periods of discontinuous reception need to receive signals, reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step. And/or, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and N, and when the adjustment step includes the second step size, when the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive signals during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, Increase the period of discontinuous reception by a second step.
其中,调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,M和N均为大于等于2的正整数,M为终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,N为终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Among them, the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, M and N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, M is the number of consecutive times the terminal device needs to receive a signal in each active period of discontinuous reception, and N is the terminal The device does not need to receive the signal consecutive times in each activation period of discontinuous reception.
一种可能的设计中,网络设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之前,还可以统计第一计数,第一计数为终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,网络设备确定第一计数等于M。In a possible design, the network device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length. The first count is the amount of signal that the terminal device needs to receive during each active period of discontinuous reception. For consecutive times, the network device determines that the first count is equal to M.
一种可能的设计中,网络设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之前,还可以统计第二计数,第二计数为终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数,网络设备确定第二计数等于N。In a possible design, the network device can also count the second count before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step. The second count is that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during each active period of discontinuous reception. For consecutive times, the network device determines that the second count is equal to N.
一种可能的设计中,网络设备确定满足第一条件时,向终端设备发送重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数。In a possible design, when the network device determines that the first condition is satisfied, it sends the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device.
其中,第一条件包括如下至少一项:Among them, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
网络设备确定向终端设备发送信号失败;The network device determines that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device;
网络设备和终端设备之间传输信号的时间达到第一阈值。The signal transmission time between the network device and the terminal device reaches the first threshold.
第四方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法可由终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法的通信装置(例如芯片系统)执行,在本申请中,以由终端设备执行该方法为例进行描述。该方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长,且,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括M和/或N,其中,所述调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,所述M和所述N均为大于等于2的正整数,所述M为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期需要接收信号的连续次数,所述N为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期不需要接收信号的连续次数;所述终端设备根据所述第一非连续接收配置参数,调整所述非连续接收的周期。In a fourth aspect, this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method. In this application, the terminal device executes the method. The method is described as an example. The method includes: a terminal device receives a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network device, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, and the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes M and/or N , Wherein the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the need to receive during each active period of the discontinuous reception The number of consecutive times of a signal, where N is the number of consecutive times that a signal does not need to be received during each active period of the discontinuous reception; the terminal device adjusts the discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter cycle.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以根据网络设备发送的非连续接收配置参数,自适应地调整非连续接收的周期,相比现有技术中,终端设备只能根据网络设备配置的固定的非连续接收的周期监听PDCCH,本申请中终端设备可以灵活地调整非连续接收的周期,并可灵活地根据调整后的非连续接收的周期监听PDCCH。Through the above method, the terminal device can adaptively adjust the period of discontinuous reception according to the discontinuous reception configuration parameters sent by the network device. Compared with the prior art, the terminal device can only adjust the discontinuous reception according to the fixed discontinuous reception configured by the network device. Monitoring the PDCCH periodically, the terminal device in this application can flexibly adjust the period of discontinuous reception, and can flexibly monitor the PDCCH according to the adjusted period of discontinuous reception.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括所述调整步长和所述M,所述调整步长包括第一步长,基于该种设计,所述终端设备根据所述第一非连续接收配置参数,调整所述非连续接收的周期,包括:所述终端设备确定在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长。In a possible design, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the M, and the adjustment step size includes the first step size. Based on this design, the terminal device The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, adjusting the period of the discontinuous reception, includes: the terminal device determines that the period of the discontinuous reception is changed when the terminal device determines that a signal needs to be received during the active periods of the M continuous discontinuous reception. Reduce the first step length.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,还包括:所述终端设备统计第一计数,所述第一计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期需要接收信号的连续次数;所述终端设备确定所述第一计数等于所述M。In a possible design, before the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, the method further includes: the terminal device counts a first count, where the first count is The activation period of the discontinuous reception requires consecutive times of receiving signals; the terminal device determines that the first count is equal to the M.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括所述调整步长和所述N,所述调整步长包括第二步长,基于该种设计,所述终端设备根据所述第一非连续接收配置参数,调整所述非连续接收的周期,包括:所述终端设备确定在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长。In a possible design, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the N, and the adjustment step size includes the second step size. Based on this design, the terminal device The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, adjusting the period of the discontinuous reception, includes: the terminal device determines that when no signal is required to be received during the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous reception, the discontinuous reception is The period is increased by the second step length.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长之前,还包括:所述终端设备统计第二计数,所述第二计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期不需要接收信号的连续次数;所述终端设备确定所述第二计数等于所述N。In a possible design, before the terminal device increases the period of the discontinuous reception by the second step size, the method further includes: the terminal device counts a second count, and the second count is calculated at each The activation period of the discontinuous reception does not require the number of consecutive times of receiving a signal; the terminal device determines that the second count is equal to the N.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数;所述终端设备使用所述第二非连续接收配置参数更新所述第一非连续接收配置参数。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device; the terminal device uses the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter Receive configuration parameters.
第五方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法可由网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法的通信装置(例如芯片系统)执行,在本申请中,以由网络设备执行该方法为例进行描述。该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一非连续接收配置参数,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长,且,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括M和/或N,其中,所述调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,所述M和所述N均为大于等于2的正整数,所述M为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期需要接收信号的连续次数,所述N为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期不需要接收信号的连续次数;所述网络设备根据所述第一非连续接收配置参数,调整所述非连续接收的周期。In the fifth aspect, this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the method. In this application, the network device executes the method. The method is described as an example. The method includes: a network device sends a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to a terminal device, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, and the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes M and/or N, Wherein, the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the activation of the terminal device in each discontinuous reception The number of consecutive times that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during each active period of the discontinuous reception; the network device is configured according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, Adjust the period of the discontinuous reception.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括所述调整步长和所述M,所述调整步长包括第一步长,基于该种设计,所述网络设备根据所述第一非连续接收配置参数,调整所述非连续接收的周期,包括:所述网络设备确定所述终端设备在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长。In a possible design, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the M, and the adjustment step size includes the first step size. Based on this design, the network device The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, adjusting the period of the discontinuous reception, includes: when the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation period of the M continuous discontinuous reception, the non-continuous reception The period of continuous reception is reduced by the first step length.
一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,还包括:所述网络设备统计第一计数,所述第一计数为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期需要接收信号的连续次数;所述网络设备确定所述第一计数等于所述M。In a possible design, before the network device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, the method further includes: the network device counts a first count, where the first count is the terminal The device needs to receive consecutive times of the signal in each activation period of the discontinuous reception; the network device determines that the first count is equal to the M.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括所述调整步长和所述N,所述调整步长包括第二步长,基于该种设计,所述网络设备根据所述第一非连续接收配置参数,调整所述非连续接收的周期,包括:所述网络设备确定所述终端设备在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长。In a possible design, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the N, and the adjustment step size includes the second step size. Based on this design, the network device The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, adjusting the period of the discontinuous reception, includes: when the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous reception, setting the The period of discontinuous reception is increased by the second step size.
一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长之前,还包括:所述网络设备统计第二计数,所述第二计数为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期不需要接收信号的连续次数;所述网络设备确定所述第二计数等于所述N。In a possible design, before the network device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step size, the method further includes: the network device counts a second count, and the second count is the terminal device The number of consecutive times of receiving a signal is not required in each activation period of discontinuous reception; the network device determines that the second count is equal to the N.
一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备确定满足第一条件时,向所述终端设备发送重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数;In a possible design, when the network device determines that the first condition is met, it sends the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device;
其中,所述第一条件包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
所述网络设备确定向所述终端设备发送信号失败;The network device determines that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device;
所述网络设备和所述终端设备之间传输信号的时间达到第一阈值。The time for signal transmission between the network device and the terminal device reaches a first threshold.
第六方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法可由终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法的通信装置(例如芯片系统)执行,在本申请中,以由终端设备执行该方法为例进行描述。该方法包括:终端设备测量得到第一信道质量指示(channel quality indicator,CQI);所述终端设备根据所述第一CQI以及第一对应关系,确定与所述第一CQI对应的第一drx-inactivity timer,所述第一对应关系包括至少一个CQI与至少一个非连续接收非激活定时器(drx-inactivity timer)的一一对应关系。In the sixth aspect, this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method. In this application, the terminal device executes the method. The method is described as an example. The method includes: a terminal device measures a first channel quality indicator (CQI); the terminal device determines a first drx- corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and a first correspondence relationship. Inactivity timer, the first correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between at least one CQI and at least one discontinuous reception inactivity timer (drx-inactivity timer).
通过上述方法,根据CQI优化drx-inactivity timer的配置。在终端设备侧,可以根据测量得到的CQI以及第一对应关系确定出,与该CQI对应的drx-inactivity timer。在网络设备侧,可以根据终端设备上报的CQI以及第一对应关系确定出,与该CQI对应的drx-inactivity timer。这样,网络设备无需与终端设备进行信令交互,即可确定终端设备使用的drx-inactivity timer,从而可以在合理的时间调度终端设备。另外,通过该方法可以避免CQI低的终端设备,被配置较小的drx-inactivity timer,导致业务传输时延较大的问题。此外,通过该方法可以避免CQI高的终端设备,被配置较大的drx-inactivity timer,导致功耗浪费的问题。Through the above method, the configuration of drx-inactivity timer is optimized according to the CQI. On the terminal device side, the drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the CQI can be determined according to the measured CQI and the first corresponding relationship. On the network device side, the drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the CQI can be determined according to the CQI reported by the terminal device and the first correspondence. In this way, the network device can determine the drx-inactivity timer used by the terminal device without signaling interaction with the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be scheduled in a reasonable time. In addition, this method can prevent terminal devices with low CQI from being configured with a smaller drx-inactivity timer, which causes the problem of large service transmission delay. In addition, this method can prevent terminal devices with high CQI from being configured with a larger drx-inactivity timer, which causes the problem of waste of power consumption.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备向网络设备发送所述第一CQI。In a possible design, the terminal device sends the first CQI to the network device.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一对应关系是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In a possible design, the first correspondence is configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
第七方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法可由网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法的通信装置(例如芯片系统)执行,在本申请中,以由网络设备执行该方法为例进行描述。该方法包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一CQI;所述网络设备根据所述第一CQI以及第一对应关系,确定与所述第一CQI对应的第一drx-inactivity timer,所述第一对应关系包括至少一个CQI与至少一个drx-inactivity timer的一一对应关系。In a seventh aspect, this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the method. In this application, the network device executes the method. The method is described as an example. The method includes: a network device receives a first CQI from a terminal device; the network device determines a first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and a first corresponding relationship, and the second The one-to-one correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between at least one CQI and at least one drx-inactivity timer.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一对应关系是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In a possible design, the first correspondence is configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
第八方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法可由终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法的通信装置(例如芯片系统)执行,在本申请中,以由终端设备执行该方法为例进行描述。该方法包括:终端设备确定第一速度等级,所述第一速度等级表征所述终端设备移动或转动的快慢程度;所述终端设备向网络设备发送所述第一速度等级;所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一预准备时间,并根据所述第一预准备时间进行波束选择,以使得所述终端设备的波束与网络设备的波束对齐。In an eighth aspect, this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a terminal device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method. In this application, the terminal device executes the method. The method is described as an example. The method includes: a terminal device determines a first speed grade, the first speed grade characterizing how fast the terminal device moves or rotates; the terminal device sends the first speed grade to a network device; the terminal device receives From the first pre-preparation time of the network device, and perform beam selection according to the first pre-preparation time, so that the beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device.
其中,所述第一预准备时间为根据所述第一速度等级、所述终端设备的第一波束数目以及第二对应关系确定得到的参数,所述第二对应关系包括至少一个速度等级、至少一个波束数目以及至少一个预准备时间的一一对应关系,所述预准备时间为非连续接收的激活期之前的一段时间,在所述预准备时间内所述终端设备醒来进行波束选择。Wherein, the first pre-preparation time is a parameter determined according to the first speed level, the number of first beams of the terminal device, and a second correspondence relationship, and the second correspondence relationship includes at least one speed grade, at least A one-to-one correspondence between the number of beams and at least one pre-preparation time, where the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, and the terminal device wakes up to perform beam selection during the pre-preparation time.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以根据终端设备的速度等级、终端设备的波束数目以及第二对应关系,为终端设备配置预准备时间,可使终端设备在预准备时间醒来,进行波束选择,以使终端设备的波束与网络设备的波束对齐,进而可保证终端设备在进入DRX激活期后,终 端设备的波束与网络设备的波束是对齐的。Through the above method, the network device can configure the pre-preparation time for the terminal device according to the speed level of the terminal device, the number of beams of the terminal device, and the second correspondence, so that the terminal device can wake up at the pre-preparation time and perform beam selection to make The beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device, thereby ensuring that the beam of the terminal device and the beam of the network device are aligned after the terminal device enters the DRX activation period.
一种可能的设计中,所述第二对应关系是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In a possible design, the second correspondence is configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
第九方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,该方法可由网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法的通信装置(例如芯片系统)执行,在本申请中,以由网络设备执行该方法为例进行描述。该方法包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一速度等级,所述第一速度等级表征所述终端设备移动或转动的快慢程度;所述网络设备根据所述第一速度等级、所述终端设备的第一波束数目以及第二对应关系,确定与所述第一速度等级和所述第一波束数目对应的第一预准备时间,所述第二对应关系包括至少一个速度等级、至少一个波束数目以及至少一个预准备时间的一一对应关系,所述预准备时间为非连续接收的激活期之前的一段时间,在所述预准备时间内所述终端设备醒来进行波束选择;所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一预准备时间。In a ninth aspect, this application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method, which can be executed by a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the method. In this application, the network device executes the method. The method is described as an example. The method includes: a network device receives a first speed grade from a terminal device, the first speed grade characterizing the speed of movement or rotation of the terminal device; the network device according to the first speed grade, the terminal device The first number of beams and a second correspondence relationship, determine a first pre-preparation time corresponding to the first speed class and the first number of beams, and the second correspondence relationship includes at least one speed class and at least one beam number And a one-to-one correspondence of at least one pre-preparation time, where the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, during which the terminal device wakes up to perform beam selection; the network device Sending the first pre-preparation time to the terminal device.
一种可能的设计中,所述第二对应关系是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In a possible design, the second correspondence is configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
第十方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置装置,该非连续接收的配置装置具有实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的设计或第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的设计或第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的设计或第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的设计或第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的设计中终端设备的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。所述模块可以是软件和/或硬件。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a discontinuous reception configuration device, which has any possible design of the first aspect or the first aspect or any possible design of the second aspect or the second aspect. The function of the terminal device in the design or the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect or any possible design of the eighth aspect or the eighth aspect, the function may It can be realized by hardware, and it can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. The module may be software and/or hardware.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:处理器、收发器以及存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,该收发器用于实现该装置与其他通信实体进行通信,该处理器与该存储器通过总线连接,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的设计或第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的设计或第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的设计中的方法。In a possible design, the device includes a processor, a transceiver, and a memory. The memory is used to store computer execution instructions. The transceiver is used to implement communication between the device and other communication entities. The processor communicates with the memory through Bus connection, when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes any possible design of the first aspect or the first aspect or any of the third or third aspects Possible designs or methods in the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect.
在另一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:收发单元、处理单元和存储单元,这些单元可以执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的设计或第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的设计或第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的设计中的方法。In another possible design, the device includes: a transceiver unit, a processing unit, and a storage unit. These units can implement any possible design of the first aspect or the first aspect or any possible design of the third aspect or the third aspect. The design or the fifth aspect or any possible design method of the fifth aspect.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种非连续接收的配置装置,该非连续接收的配置装置具有实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的设计或第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的设计或第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的设计或第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的设计或第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的设计中网络设备的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。所述模块可以是软件和/或硬件。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a discontinuous reception configuration device, which has any possible design of the first aspect or the first aspect or any possibility of the third aspect or the third aspect. The function of the network device in the design of the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect or any possible design of the seventh or seventh aspect or any possible design of the ninth or ninth aspect, said function It can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. The module may be software and/or hardware.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:处理器、收发器以及存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,该收发器用于实现该装置与其他通信实体进行通信,该处理器与该存储器通过总线连接,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的设计或第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的设计或第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的设计中的方法。In a possible design, the device includes a processor, a transceiver, and a memory. The memory is used to store computer execution instructions. The transceiver is used to implement communication between the device and other communication entities. The processor communicates with the memory through Bus connection, when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes any possible design of the second aspect or the second aspect or any of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect Possible designs or methods in the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect.
在另一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:收发单元、处理单元和存储单元,这些单元可以执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的设计或第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的设计或 第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的设计中的方法。In another possible design, the device includes: a transceiving unit, a processing unit, and a storage unit. These units can implement any possible design of the second aspect or the second aspect or any possible design of the fourth or fourth aspect. The design or the sixth aspect or any possible design method of the sixth aspect.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种系统,该系统包括上述第一方面或第一方面的任一实现方式中的终端设备和网络设备。或者,该系统包括上述第二方面或第二方面的任一实现方式中的终端设备,和,上述第三方面或第三方面的任一实现方式中的网络设备。或者,该系统包括上述第四方面或第四方面的任一实现方式中的终端设备,和,上述第五方面或第五方面的任一实现方式中的网络设备。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a system including the terminal device and the network device in the first aspect or any implementation manner of the first aspect. Alternatively, the system includes the terminal device in the foregoing second aspect or any implementation manner of the second aspect, and the network device in the foregoing third aspect or any implementation manner of the third aspect. Alternatively, the system includes the terminal device in the foregoing fourth aspect or any implementation manner of the fourth aspect, and the network device in the foregoing fifth aspect or any implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种系统,该系统包括上述第六方面或第六方面的任一实现方式中的终端设备,和,上述第七方面或第七方面的任一实现方式中的网络设备。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a system that includes the terminal device in the sixth aspect or any implementation manner of the sixth aspect, and the terminal device in the seventh aspect or any implementation manner of the seventh aspect Internet equipment.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种系统,该系统包括上述第八方面或第八方面的任一实现方式中的终端设备,和,上述第九方面或第九方面的任一实现方式中的网络设备。In a fourteenth aspect, this application provides a system that includes the terminal device in the eighth aspect or any implementation manner of the eighth aspect, and the ninth aspect or any implementation manner in the ninth aspect Internet equipment.
第十五方面,本申请提供一种芯片或芯片系统,该芯片或芯片系统可以与收发器耦合,用于实现上述第一方面以及第一方面中的任意一种可能的设计,或者第二方面以及第二方面中的任意一种可能的设计,或者第三方面以及第三方面中的任意一种可能的设计,或者第四方面以及第四方面中的任意一种可能的设计,或者第五方面以及第五方面中的任意一种可能的设计,或者第六方面以及第六方面中的任意一种可能的设计,或者第七方面以及第七方面中的任意一种可能的设计,或者第八方面以及第八方面中的任意一种可能的设计,或者第九方面以及第九方面中的任意一种可能的设计。所述芯片系统包含至少一个芯片,还可以包含其他分立器件。In a fifteenth aspect, this application provides a chip or a chip system that can be coupled with a transceiver to implement the first aspect and any one of the possible designs of the first aspect, or the second aspect And any one of the possible designs in the second aspect, or any one of the third and third aspects, or any one of the fourth and fourth aspects, or the fifth Aspect and any one of the possible designs of the fifth aspect, or any one of the sixth aspect and the sixth aspect, or any one of the seventh aspect and the seventh aspect, or the first Any one possible design in the eighth aspect and the eighth aspect, or any one possible design in the ninth aspect and the ninth aspect. The chip system includes at least one chip, and may also include other discrete devices.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,可以使得计算机执行上述第一方面、第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第二方面、第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第三方面、第三方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第四方面、第四方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第五方面、第五方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第六方面、第六方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第七方面、第七方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第八方面、第八方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第九方面、第九方面的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions. When the instructions run on a computer, the computer can execute the first aspect and the first aspect. The method involved in any possible design of the aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the method involved in any one of the possible designs of the second aspect and the second aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the third aspect and the third aspect. The method involved in any possible design of the above aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the method involved in any one of the above-mentioned fourth aspect and the fourth aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the above-mentioned fifth aspect and fifth aspect. The method involved in any one of the possible designs of the aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the method involved in any of the above-mentioned sixth aspect and the sixth aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the above-mentioned seventh aspect and the seventh aspect. The method involved in any one of the possible designs of the aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the method involved in any one of the possible designs of the eighth aspect and the eighth aspect, or the computer is caused to execute the ninth and the ninth aspect. The method involved in any one of the possible designs.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品在被计算机调用执行时可以完成第一方面以及上述第一方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者,第二方面以及上述第二方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者,第三方面以及上述第三方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者,第四方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者,第五方面以及上述第五方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者,第六方面以及上述第六方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者,第七方面以及上述第七方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者,第八方面以及上述第八方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法,或者,第九方面以及上述第九方面任意可能的设计中所涉及的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when invoked and executed by a computer, can complete the first aspect and the method involved in any possible design of the first aspect mentioned above, or the second Aspects and methods involved in any possible design of the second aspect, or methods involved in any possible design of the third aspect and the third aspect, or methods involved in any possible design of the fourth aspect , Or, the method involved in any possible design of the fifth aspect and the fifth aspect, or the method involved in any possible design of the sixth aspect and the sixth aspect, or the seventh aspect and the seventh The method involved in any possible design of the aspect, or the method involved in any possible design of the eighth aspect and the aforementioned eighth aspect, or the method involved in any possible design of the ninth aspect and the aforementioned ninth aspect .
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的C-DRX模式流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic flow diagram of a possible C-DRX mode provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种调整DRX cycle的方法示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method for adjusting DRX cycle according to an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例可应用的一种网络架构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种非连续接收的配置方法实施流程图;4 is an implementation flowchart of a discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种非连续接收的周期示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a discontinuous reception cycle provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种调整非连续接收周期的方法实施流程图;FIG. 6 is an implementation flowchart of a method for adjusting a discontinuous reception period according to an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种调整非连续接收周期的方法实施流程图;FIG. 7 is an implementation flowchart of yet another method for adjusting the discontinuous reception period provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种调整非连续接收周期的方法实施流程图;FIG. 8 is an implementation flow chart of another method for adjusting the discontinuous reception period provided by an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种非连续接收的配置方法实施流程图;FIG. 9 is an implementation flowchart of yet another discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种非连续接收的配置方法实施流程图;FIG. 10 is an implementation flowchart of yet another discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的C-DRX模式流程示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another possible C-DRX mode provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备例如可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,智能穿戴式设备等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1) Terminal equipment, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a way to provide users with voice and/or data connectivity The device may include, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal device may include, for example, a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal device, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, a built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile device, and a smart wearable device. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, etc.) PDA) and other equipment. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,该终端设备还可以包括可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。该终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented  reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。As an example and not a limitation, the terminal device may also include a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring. The terminal equipment can also be virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), remote Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, and smart homes Wireless terminals in
2)网络设备,例如包括基站,可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与终端设备通信的设备。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与网络的其余部分之间的路由器,其中网络的其余部分可包括IP网络。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等,也可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB),在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点。本申请实施例并不限定。2) Network equipment, including a base station, for example, may refer to equipment that communicates with terminal equipment through one or more cells at an air interface in an access network. The network device can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the network, where the rest of the network can include an IP network. The network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, network equipment may include radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home Base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP), etc., can also include An evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or may also include the fifth generation Mobile communication technology (fifth generation, 5G) new radio (new radio, NR) system next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), in a network structure, network equipment may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or distributed unit (DU) node, or including CU node and DU node. The embodiments of the present application are not limited.
在一种网络架构中,基站可以包括基带装置和射频装置,其中基带装置可以由一个节点实现,也可以由多个节点实现,射频装置可以从基带装置拉远独立实现,也可以集成基带装置中,或者部分拉远部分集成在基带装置中。例如,在LTE通信系统中,基站包括基带装置和射频装置,其中射频装置可以相对于基带装置拉远布置,例如射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)相对于BBU拉远布置。In a network architecture, a base station can include a baseband device and a radio frequency device. The baseband device can be implemented by one node or by multiple nodes. The radio frequency device can be implemented remotely from the baseband device or integrated into the baseband device. , Or part of the remote part is integrated in the baseband device. For example, in an LTE communication system, a base station includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. The radio frequency device can be arranged remotely from the baseband device, for example, a remote radio unit (RRU) is arranged remotely from the BBU.
基站和终端之间的通信遵循一定的协议层结构。例如控制面协议层结构可以包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层、分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理层等协议层的功能。用户面协议层结构可以包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和物理层等协议层的功能;在一种实现中,PDCP层之上还可以包括业务数据适配(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层。The communication between the base station and the terminal follows a certain protocol layer structure. For example, the control plane protocol layer structure may include the radio resource control (RRC) layer, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, the radio link control (RLC) layer, and the media interface. Access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical layer and other protocol layer functions. The user plane protocol layer structure can include the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer; in one implementation, the PDCP layer can also include a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer .
基站可以由一个节点实现RRC、PDCP、RLC、和MAC等协议层的功能;或者可以由多个节点实现这些协议层的功能;例如,在一种演进结构中,基站可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布单元(distributed unit,DU),多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如RLC层和MAC层等的功能设置在DU。The base station can implement the functions of the RRC, PDCP, RLC, and MAC protocol layers by one node; or multiple nodes can implement the functions of these protocol layers; for example, in an evolution structure, the base station can include a centralized unit (centralized unit). , CU) and distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), multiple DUs can be centrally controlled by one CU. CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below the PDCP, such as the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU.
这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分,例如在RLC层划分,将RLC层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,RLC层以下协议层的功能设置在DU;或者,在某个协议层中划分,例如将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU,将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。此外,也可以按其它方式划分,例如按时延划分,将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU,不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。This type of protocol layer division is just an example, it can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Or, in a certain protocol layer, for example, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay, and functions that need to meet the delay requirement for processing time are set in the DU, and functions that do not need to meet the delay requirement are set in the CU.
此外,射频装置可以拉远,不放在DU中,也可以集成在DU中,或者部分拉远部分集成在DU中,在此不作任何限制。In addition, the radio frequency device can be remote, not placed in the DU, can also be integrated in the DU, or part of the remote part is integrated in the DU, and there is no restriction here.
可选的,还可以将CU的控制面(CP)和用户面(UP)分离,分成不同实体来实现,分别为控制面CU实体(CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(CU-UP实体)。Optionally, the control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and realized by dividing them into different entities, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity) ).
在以上网络架构中,CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给终端,或者终端产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装而透传给终端或CU。以下实施例中如果涉及这种信令在DU和终端之间的传输,此时,DU对信令的发送或接收包括这种场景。例如,RRC或PDCP层的信令最终会处理为PHY层的信令发送给终端,或者,由接收到的PHY层的信令转变而来。在这种架构下,该RRC或PDCP层的信令,即也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU和射频发送的。In the above network architecture, the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal can be sent to the CU through the DU. The DU may directly pass the protocol layer encapsulation without analyzing the signaling and transparently transmit it to the terminal or CU. If the following embodiments involve the transmission of such signaling between the DU and the terminal, at this time, the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario. For example, RRC or PDCP layer signaling will eventually be processed as PHY layer signaling and sent to the terminal, or converted from received PHY layer signaling. Under this architecture, the RRC or PDCP layer signaling can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or sent by the DU and radio frequency.
在以上实施例中CU划分为无线接入网(RAN)侧的网络设备,此外,也可以将CU划分为核心网(CN)侧的网络设备,在此不做限制。In the above embodiment, the CU is divided into network equipment on the radio access network (RAN) side. In addition, the CU may also be divided into network equipment on the core network (CN) side, which is not limited here.
本申请以下实施例中的装置,根据其实现的功能,可以位于终端或网络设备。当采用以上CU-DU的结构时,网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的基站。The devices in the following embodiments of the present application may be located in terminals or network devices according to the functions they implement. When the above CU-DU structure is adopted, the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a base station including a CU node and a DU node.
3)DRX,在DRX机制下,终端设备在睡眠期会停止监听PDCCH。按照DRX的工作状态,DRX可以分为两种:空闲状态(IDLE)DRX和连接状态(CONNECTED)C-DRX。3) DRX, under the DRX mechanism, the terminal device will stop monitoring the PDCCH during the sleep period. According to the working state of DRX, DRX can be divided into two types: idle state (IDLE) DRX and connected state (CONNECTED) C-DRX.
IDLE DRX,是指终端设备处于空闲状态的非连续性接收,由于终端设备处于空闲状态时,已经没有RRC连接以及终端设备的专有资源,因此在IDLE DRX下终端设备主要监听寻呼消息,只要定义好寻呼消息的周期,就可以达到非连续接收的目的。终端设备监听用户数据时,离开空闲态,例如从空闲状态先进入连接状态。IDLE DRX refers to the discontinuous reception when the terminal device is in the idle state. When the terminal device is in the idle state, there is no RRC connection and terminal device's exclusive resources. Therefore, the terminal device under IDLE DRX mainly monitors paging messages. By defining the period of paging messages, the purpose of discontinuous reception can be achieved. When the terminal device monitors user data, it leaves the idle state, for example, first enters the connected state from the idle state.
C-DRX,是指终端设备处于RRC连接态下的DRX。在C-DRX模式下,终端设备可以处于多种状态,如图1所示,其为一种可能的C-DRX模式流程,在图1所示的流程中,终端设备可以处于激活期(on duration)或睡眠期,其中,睡眠期可以包括浅睡眠期(short sleep)和深睡眠期(long sleep),在激活期终端设备会监听PDCCH,在睡眠期终端设备停止监听PDCCH以降低终端设备检测PDCCH的能耗。其中,睡眠期也可以称为睡眠态或关闭(OFF)态。C-DRX refers to DRX when the terminal device is in the RRC connected state. In the C-DRX mode, the terminal device can be in a variety of states, as shown in Figure 1, which is a possible C-DRX mode process. In the process shown in Figure 1, the terminal device can be in the active period (on duration) or sleep period, where the sleep period can include light sleep (short sleep) and deep sleep (long sleep). During the active period, the terminal device will monitor the PDCCH, and during the sleep period, the terminal device will stop monitoring the PDCCH to reduce terminal device detection. PDCCH energy consumption. Among them, the sleep period can also be referred to as a sleep state or an OFF state.
4)非连续接收的周期(DRX cycle),可以包括DRX长周期(long DRX cycle)和DRX短周期(short DRX cycle),其中DRX长周期是DRX短周期的整数倍。无论是DRX长周期还是DRX短周期,一个DRX cycle等于激活期(可以称为唤醒时间)和睡眠期(可以称为睡眠时间)的总和,参阅图1所示。在每个DRX cycle内,终端设备会在激活期醒来监听PDCCH,在睡眠期停止监听PDCCH。网络设备可以为终端设备配置DRX短周期和DRX长周期,当DRX短周期结束后,终端设备可以进入DRX长周期,网络设备也可以只为终端设备配置DRX长周期而不配置DRX短周期,DRX长周期和DRX短周期的配置情况根据实际使用需求确定。本申请中,DRX长周期也可以描述为长DRX周期,DRX短周期也可以描述为短DRX周期,本申请对DRX周期的名称不做限定。4) The cycle of discontinuous reception (DRX cycle) may include a long DRX cycle (long DRX cycle) and a short DRX cycle (short DRX cycle), where the long DRX cycle is an integer multiple of the short DRX cycle. Regardless of whether it is a long DRX cycle or a short DRX cycle, one DRX cycle is equal to the sum of the active period (which can be called wake-up time) and the sleep period (which can be called sleep time), as shown in Figure 1. In each DRX cycle, the terminal device will wake up to monitor the PDCCH during the active period and stop monitoring the PDCCH during the sleep period. Network equipment can configure DRX short cycle and DRX long cycle for terminal equipment. When DRX short cycle ends, terminal equipment can enter DRX long cycle. Network equipment can also configure DRX long cycle for terminal equipment without configuring DRX short cycle. DRX The configuration of the long cycle and the DRX short cycle is determined according to actual usage requirements. In this application, the long DRX cycle can also be described as a long DRX cycle, and the short DRX cycle can also be described as a short DRX cycle, and the name of the DRX cycle is not limited in this application.
5)信号,本申请实施例中信号可以包括数据和/或控制信令。相应的,需要接收信号可以理解为需要接收数据和/或控制信令;不需要接收信号可以理解为不需要接收数据和/或控制信令。5) Signal. The signal in the embodiment of the present application may include data and/or control signaling. Correspondingly, the need to receive a signal can be understood as the need to receive data and/or control signaling; the need to receive a signal can be understood as the need to receive data and/or control signaling.
6)时间单元,是一种时间单位。例如可以包括连续的一个或多个传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI)、时隙(slot)、时域符号(symbol)、子帧、正交频分复用((orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号等。其中,slot可以是全时隙(full slot),也可以是迷你时隙(mini-slot,或称为non-slot),迷你时隙包含小于14个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)的符号,一个迷你时隙可以为2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12或13个OFDM符号。6) Time unit is a time unit. For example, it can include one or more consecutive transmission time intervals (TTI), time slots, time domain symbols (symbols), subframes, and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing ((orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM). ) Symbol, etc. The slot can be a full slot or a mini-slot (or non-slot), and the mini-slot contains less than 14 orthogonal frequency division multiplexing ( Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, a mini-slot can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or 13 OFDM symbols.
7)毫米波的波束管理简介7) Introduction to millimeter wave beam management
5G NR主要通过天线阵列对信号波束赋型,实现精准窄波束对用户数据提供服务,可以获得更远的覆盖距离,并减少干扰。5G NR mainly uses antenna arrays to beam-forming signals to achieve precise narrow beams to provide services to user data, which can achieve longer coverage distances and reduce interference.
波束管理是毫米波的协议基本特性,在TR38.802中,波束管理的关键过程被定义:获取和维护上下行数据发送和接收波束集合的L1/L2过程,包括波束确定,波束测量,波束扫描和波束上报。Beam management is the basic feature of the millimeter wave protocol. In TR38.802, the key process of beam management is defined: the L1/L2 process of acquiring and maintaining the uplink and downlink data transmission and reception beam sets, including beam determination, beam measurement, and beam scanning And beam reporting.
(1)波束确定,是指TRP或UE选择合适的发送接收波束的过程。UE侧的需求为:UE在接收到网络设备侧的毫米波波束后进行对齐过程,包括下行波束和上行波束选择,最终选择最优波束,UE需要满足波束互易性。(1) Beam determination refers to the process in which TRP or UE selects a suitable transmitting and receiving beam. The requirement on the UE side is that the UE performs an alignment process after receiving the millimeter wave beam on the network device side, including downlink beam and uplink beam selection, and finally selects the optimal beam. The UE needs to meet beam reciprocity.
(2)波束测量,是指UE从网络设备侧接收到的赋形信号,赋形信号内包括波束的信息,UE侧的需求为:可正确测量网络的波束成形的信号,可正确上报波束测量信号,可根据测量结果执行波束管理的其他动作。(2) Beam measurement refers to the shaped signal received by the UE from the network equipment side. The shaped signal includes beam information. The requirements of the UE side are: the beamforming signal of the network can be measured correctly, and the beam measurement can be reported correctly Signals can perform other actions of beam management based on the measurement results.
(3)波束扫描,是指在一个空间区域内,波束在一定时间间隔内以预定的方式发送和/或接收。UE侧的需求为:UE可以在一定时间内对波束进行扫描,并将扫描结果正确处理。(3) Beam scanning means that within a space area, the beam is sent and/or received in a predetermined manner within a certain time interval. The requirement on the UE side is that the UE can scan the beam within a certain period of time and process the scan result correctly.
(4)波束上报,是指UE基于波束测量上报赋形信号的信息。UE侧的需求为:UE可在不同状态下根据网侧要求上报测量信息,并在网络设备侧回应后作出相应的动作。(4) Beam reporting means that the UE reports shaped signal information based on beam measurement. The requirement of the UE side is that the UE can report measurement information according to the requirements of the network side in different states, and take corresponding actions after the network equipment side responds.
8)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”,可理解为一个或多个,例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。例如,包括至少一个,是指包括一个、两个或更多个,而且不限制包括的是哪几个,例如,包括A、B和C中的至少一个,那么包括的可以是A、B、C、A和B、A和C、B和C、或A和B和C。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。8) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably. "Multiple" refers to two or more. In view of this, "multiple" may also be understood as "at least two" in the embodiments of the present application. "At least one" can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. For example, including at least one refers to including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included. For example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then the included can be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。Unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.
在无线通信过程中,例如在5G通信(sub-6GHz和毫米波)过程中,路径损耗很高,终端设备功耗较大,为了降低终端设备的功耗,增加电池寿命,会频繁地让终端设备进入DRX状态。特别是针对如下场景:In the process of wireless communication, for example, in the process of 5G communication (sub-6GHz and millimeter wave), the path loss is very high, and the power consumption of the terminal device is large. In order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device and increase the battery life, the terminal will be frequently used The device enters the DRX state. Especially for the following scenarios:
(1)对时延不敏感、非大多数时刻都有数据需要接收和发送的业务,例如,浏览网页、收发电邮(email)或通过文件传输协议(file transfer protocol,FTP);(1) Services that are not sensitive to time delay and have data to be received and sent not most of the time, such as browsing the web, sending and receiving emails (email), or using file transfer protocols (FTP);
(2)周期性连续小数据包业务,数据传输比较有规律,如网络电话(voice over internet protocol,VoIP)业务;(2) Periodic continuous small data packet service, data transmission is relatively regular, such as voice over internet protocol (VoIP) service;
(3)产生稀少小数据包的业务,如Presence业务;(3) Services that generate rare small data packets, such as presence services;
(4)自动邻区关系(automatic neighbor relation,ANR)测量。(4) Automatic neighbor relation (ANR) measurement.
上述场景中,终端设备使用时间或次数较少,大部分时间处于灭屏状态,此时整机功耗中调制解调器(modem)的功耗占比相对高,为降低上述场景中终端设备的功耗,通常会让终端设备进入DRX状态,例如可以让终端设备进入C-DRX状态,进入C-DRX状态后终端设备只需要在激活期监听PDCCH,在睡眠期无需监听PDCCH,可降低终端设备检测PDCCH的能耗,进而可达到省电的目的。目前,终端设备进入C-DRX状态时使用的DRX cycle,可以由网络设备根据终端设备的初始业务状态预先配置,而终端设备的业务状态是实时变化的,若后续终端设备的业务状态发生变化,则网络设备预先配置的DRX cycle可能不再适用。例如,若终端设备的初始业务状态为无数据包传输,此时终端设备进入C-DRX状态时,网络设备可以根据该初始业务状态为终端设备配置DRX长周期,以使该终端设备可以进入深睡眠期,进而可长时间不监听PDCCH,而若后续该终端设备的业务状态发生变化,从无数据包传输变化为有不连续的小数据包传输,此时该终端设备需要监听PDCCH来实现小数据包的传输,而由于此时该终端设备长时间处于C-DRX的睡眠期,故长时间无法监听PDCCH,进而导致该终端设备长时间无法传输小数据包,导致这些小数据包的传输时延增大,影响传输效率。In the above scenario, the terminal device is used for a small amount of time or number of times, and most of the time is in the off-screen state. At this time, the power consumption of the modem (modem) accounts for a relatively high proportion of the overall power consumption. , Usually make the terminal device enter the DRX state, for example, you can make the terminal device enter the C-DRX state, after entering the C-DRX state, the terminal device only needs to monitor the PDCCH during the activation period, and does not need to monitor the PDCCH during the sleep period, which can reduce the terminal device detection PDCCH The energy consumption, and then can achieve the purpose of saving electricity. Currently, the DRX cycle used when the terminal device enters the C-DRX state can be pre-configured by the network device according to the initial service state of the terminal device, and the service state of the terminal device changes in real time. If the service state of the subsequent terminal device changes, The DRX cycle pre-configured by the network device may no longer be applicable. For example, if the initial service state of the terminal device is no packet transmission, when the terminal device enters the C-DRX state, the network device can configure the DRX long period for the terminal device according to the initial service state, so that the terminal device can enter the deep During the sleep period, the PDCCH can not be monitored for a long time, and if the service status of the terminal device changes, from no data packet transmission to discontinuous small data packet transmission, the terminal device needs to monitor the PDCCH to achieve small Data packet transmission, and because the terminal device is in the C-DRX sleep period for a long time, it cannot monitor the PDCCH for a long time, which causes the terminal device to be unable to transmit small data packets for a long time, resulting in the transmission of these small data packets The delay increases, affecting the transmission efficiency.
基于上述存在的问题,业界提出一种解决方案。在该方案中,网络设备可以根据终端设备实时/周期性上报的业务状态信息(例如终端设备的流量),自适应改变为该终端设备配置的DRX cycle,参阅图2所示,采用该方案,终端设备持续检测当前的业务状态,确定当前的DRX cycle不适用当前的业务状态时,终端设备可以向网络设备发送DRX配置请求消息,用于请求网络设备为其下发新的DRX cycle,网络设备进而可根据该DRX配置请求消息为终端设备下发新的DRX cycle,这样,终端设备可采用新的DRX cycle以适应当前的业务状态。这里需要注意,由于现有协议中DRX cycle仅包括DRX短周期和/或DRX长周期,故该方案中网络设备为终端设备重新配置的DRX cycle也只能是DRX短周期和/或DRX长周期。采用该方案解决上述问题存在两个缺陷:第一,采用该方案,每次当前DRX cycle不适用当前的业务状态时,终端设备就需要与网络设备进行一次信令交互获取新配置的DRX cycle,这样随着业务状态的变化,终端设备和网络设备之间需要不断的进行信令交互,进而导致占用过多的通信资源,对于终端设备和网络设备而言均会造成额外的功耗,此外还会增加网络设备的调度次数,导致方案实施起来较复杂。第二,采用该方案虽然网络设备可以根据终端设备的请求调整DRX cycle,但是也只能是在DRX短周期和/或DRX长周期之间调整,例如,网络设备可以根据终端设备的请求由DRX短周期调整为DRX长周期,或者,网络设备可以根据终端设备的请求由DRX长周期调整为DRX短周期,或者,网络设备可以根据终端设备的请求由DRX短周期调整为DRX短周期和DRX长周期,或者,网络设备可以根据终端设备的请求由DRX长周期调整为DRX短周期和DRX长周期等,显然,采用该方案调整DRX cycle的灵活度较低,无法很好地适用终端设备动态变化的业务状态。Based on the above-mentioned problems, the industry proposes a solution. In this solution, the network device can adaptively change the DRX cycle configured for the terminal device according to the service status information reported by the terminal device in real time/periodically (for example, the terminal device’s traffic). As shown in Figure 2, this solution is adopted. When the terminal device continuously detects the current service status and determines that the current DRX cycle is not applicable to the current service status, the terminal device can send a DRX configuration request message to the network device to request the network device to issue a new DRX cycle for the network device. Furthermore, a new DRX cycle can be issued for the terminal device according to the DRX configuration request message, so that the terminal device can adopt the new DRX cycle to adapt to the current service state. It should be noted here that since the DRX cycle in the existing protocol only includes the short DRX cycle and/or the long DRX cycle, the DRX cycle reconfigured by the network device for the terminal device in this solution can only be the short DRX cycle and/or the long DRX cycle . There are two shortcomings in using this solution to solve the above problems: First, with this solution, every time the current DRX cycle is not applicable to the current service state, the terminal device needs to perform a signaling interaction with the network device to obtain the newly configured DRX cycle. In this way, as the service status changes, the terminal equipment and the network equipment need to continuously carry out signaling interaction, which in turn leads to excessive communication resources, which will cause additional power consumption for both the terminal equipment and the network equipment. In addition, It will increase the number of network equipment scheduling, resulting in more complex implementation of the program. Second, although the network device can adjust the DRX cycle according to the request of the terminal device using this solution, it can only be adjusted between the short DRX cycle and/or the long DRX cycle. For example, the network device can use the DRX cycle according to the request of the terminal device. The short cycle is adjusted to the DRX long cycle, or the network device can be adjusted from the DRX long cycle to the DRX short cycle according to the request of the terminal device, or the network device can be adjusted from the DRX short cycle to the DRX short cycle and the DRX long cycle according to the request of the terminal device Cycle, or network equipment can adjust the DRX long cycle to DRX short cycle and DRX long cycle according to the request of the terminal device. Obviously, the flexibility of adjusting DRX cycle using this solution is low, and it cannot be well adapted to the dynamic changes of terminal equipment Business status.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种非连续接收的配置方法,以实现在不增加网络设备与终端设备之间额外信令开销的情况下,更灵活的调整非连续接收的周期,以适应终端设备实时变化的业务状态。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application provides a discontinuous reception configuration method to achieve a more flexible adjustment of the discontinuous reception period to adapt to the terminal without increasing additional signaling overhead between network equipment and terminal equipment. The real-time changing business status of the equipment.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于5G通信系统中,或者应用于LTE通信系统中,或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统,本申请对此不做限定。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G communication system, or an LTE communication system, or may also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, which is not limited in this application.
参阅图3所示,为本申请实施例可应用的一种网络架构示意图。图3中的网络架构包括网络设备和终端设备,终端设备与网络设备可无线连接,且可以通过无线链路进行通信,终端设备可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。当然图3中的终端设备的数量只是举例,在实际应用中,网络设备可以为多个终端设备提供服务,多个终端设备中的全部终端设备或者部分终端设备都可以采用本申请实施例提供的方法,进行非连续接收的配置。其中,图3中的终端设备例如可以为UE。图3中的网络设备例如可以为RAN设备,例如可以为基站。RAN设备在不同的系统可以对应不同的设备,例如在第四代移动通信技术(4G)系统中可以对应eNB,在第五代移动通信技术(5G)系统中可以对应5G系统中的RAN设备,例如可以对应5G系统中的gNB。Refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application. The network architecture in FIG. 3 includes network equipment and terminal equipment. The terminal equipment and the network equipment can be connected wirelessly and can communicate through a wireless link. The terminal equipment can be a fixed location or a mobile. Of course, the number of terminal devices in Figure 3 is just an example. In practical applications, network devices can provide services for multiple terminal devices, and all or some of the multiple terminal devices can be provided by the embodiments of this application. Method, discontinuous reception configuration. Wherein, the terminal device in FIG. 3 may be a UE, for example. The network device in FIG. 3 may be a RAN device, for example, a base station. RAN equipment can correspond to different equipment in different systems. For example, it can correspond to eNB in the fourth generation mobile communication technology (4G) system, and it can correspond to the RAN equipment in the 5G system in the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G) system. For example, it can correspond to gNB in the 5G system.
下文中以将本申请实施例提供的非连续接收的配置方法应用于图3所示的网络架构为例进行说明,下文中所涉及的网络设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的网络设备,下文中所涉及的终端设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的终端设备。In the following, the discontinuous reception configuration method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 as an example for description. The network devices involved in the following may be network devices in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 The terminal device involved in the following may be the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的非连续接收的配置方法,也可以应用于除图3所示的网络架构之外的其它网络架构,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the discontinuous reception configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to other network architectures than the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, which is not limited in this application.
参阅图4所示,其为本申请实施例提供的一种非连续接收的配置方法实施流程图。如图4所示,该方法包括:Refer to FIG. 4, which is an implementation flowchart of a discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
步骤101:网络设备向终端设备发送第一非连续接收配置参数,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数。Step 101: The network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device.
本申请实施例中,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长,且,第一非连续接收配置参数包括M和/或N。可以对应三种情况,第一种情况,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,第二种情况,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,第三种情况,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长、M以及N。In the embodiment of the present application, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, and the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes M and/or N. It can correspond to three cases. In the first case, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes adjustment step size and M, in the second case, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes adjustment step size and N, and the third case, the first A discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes adjustment step size, M and N.
其中,调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期。调整步长例如可以是2ms、4ms或6ms,本申请不做限定。M和N均为大于等于2的正整数,M为在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,N为在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。M例如可以为2、5、8或10等,本申请不限定M的具体数值。N例如可以为2、5、8或10等,本申请不限定N的具体数值。下面结合图5对本申请中M和N的含义进行示意说明,参阅图5所示,图5中示出5个连续的DRX短周期,每个DRX短周期中包括激活期和浅睡眠期,假设终端设备处于激活期1、激活期2、激活期3、激活期4以及激活期5中时,均需要接收信号,则在该种情况下,本申请实施例中的M为5。仍以图5为例,假设终端设备处于激活期1、激活期2以及激活期3时均需要接收信号,终端设备处于激活期4中时不需要接收信号,终端设备处于激活期5中时需要接收信号,则在该种情况下,本申请实施例中的M为3。仍以图5为例,假设终端设备处于激活期1、激活期2、激活期3、激活期4以及激活期5中时,均不需要接收信号,则在该种情况下,本申请实施例中的N为5。仍以图5为例,假设终端设备处于激活期1时不需要接收信号,终端设备处于激活期2中时需要接收信号,终端设备处于激活期3、激活期4以及激活期5时均不需要接收信号,则在该种情况下,本申请实施例中的N为3。Among them, the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception. The adjustment step length may be, for example, 2ms, 4ms, or 6ms, which is not limited in this application. Both M and N are positive integers greater than or equal to 2. M is the number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception, and N is the number of consecutive times that no signal needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception . M may be 2, 5, 8, or 10, etc., and the application does not limit the specific value of M. N may be 2, 5, 8, or 10, etc., and the application does not limit the specific value of N. The meaning of M and N in this application will be schematically described below with reference to FIG. 5. As shown in FIG. 5, FIG. 5 shows 5 consecutive DRX short cycles. Each DRX short cycle includes an active period and a light sleep period. When the terminal device is in the activation period 1, the activation period 2, the activation period 3, the activation period 4, and the activation period 5, all need to receive a signal. In this case, M in the embodiment of the present application is 5. Still taking Figure 5 as an example, suppose that the terminal device needs to receive signals when it is in active period 1, active period 2 and active period 3. The terminal device does not need to receive signals when it is in active period 4, and it needs to receive signals when it is in active period 5. If a signal is received, in this case, M in the embodiment of the present application is 3. Still taking FIG. 5 as an example, assuming that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal when it is in the activation period 1, the activation period 2, the activation period 3, the activation period 4, and the activation period 5, in this case, the embodiment of the present application The N is 5. Still taking Figure 5 as an example, suppose that the terminal device does not need to receive signals when it is in the activation period 1, and the terminal device needs to receive signals when it is in the activation period 2, and it does not need to be when the terminal device is in the activation period 3, 4, and 5 If a signal is received, in this case, N in the embodiment of the present application is 3.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可以通过现有的DRX配置消息(DRX config information)向终端设备发送第一非连续接收配置参数,当然也可以通过新的消息向终端设备发送第一非连 续接收配置参数,本申请对此不做限定。当网络设备通过DRX配置消息发送第一非连续接收配置参数时,只需要在现有的DRX配置消息中新增第一非连续接收配置参数即可,也就是,需要在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)协议38.331中的DRX-config information element中增加第一非连续接收配置参数。当网络设备通过DRX配置消息发送第一非连续接收配置参数时,DRX配置消息中除包括第一非连续接收配置参数之外,还可以包括如下内容:为终端设备配置的定时器的初始值,该配置的定时器可以包括以下定时器中的一种或多种:drx-on duration timer、drx-inactivity timer、drx-HARQ RTT timerDL、drx-HARQ RTT timerUL、drx-retransmission timerDL、drx-retransmission timerUL、drx-long cycle timer、drx-short cycle timer。当然,该DRX配置消息中还可以包括其他内容,在此不一一列举。In the embodiment of this application, the network device can send the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device through an existing DRX configuration message (DRX config information), and of course, it can also send the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device through a new message. Parameters, this application does not limit this. When the network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter through the DRX configuration message, it only needs to add the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the existing DRX configuration message, that is, it needs to be in the third-generation partnership plan (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter is added to the DRX-config information element in protocol 38.331. When the network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter through the DRX configuration message, in addition to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, the DRX configuration message may also include the following content: the initial value of the timer configured for the terminal device, The configured timer may include one or more of the following timers: drx-on duration timer, drx-inactivity timer, drx-HARQ RTT timerDL, drx-HARQ RTT timerUL, drx-retransmission timerDL, drx-retransmission timerUL , Drx-long cycle timer, drx-short cycle timer. Of course, the DRX configuration message may also include other content, which will not be listed here.
下面,对上述多个定时器进行介绍。In the following, the above multiple timers are introduced.
①drx-on duration timer,用于指示终端设备在进入DRX周期后,连续的时间单元的个数。终端设备在这段时间内侦听PDCCH。该时间单元为1/32ms或1ms。①drx-on duration timer, used to indicate the number of consecutive time units after the terminal device enters the DRX cycle. The terminal device listens to the PDCCH during this time. The time unit is 1/32ms or 1ms.
②drx-inactivity timer,用于指示在PDCCH指示了数据传输后,连续的时间单元的个数,或者可以理解为指示数据传输的控制信道之后终端设备检测控制信道的时间,也可以理解为指示在终端设备检测到指示数据传输的控制信道之后的连续的控制信道的时间单元的个数,或者可以理解为指示在终端设备检测到指示数据传输的下行控制信息(DCI)之后,终端设备检测控制信道的时间。终端设备在这个时间段内侦听PDCCH。该时间单元为1ms。需要说明的是,本申请中drx-inactivity timer与inactivity timer与drx inactivity timer含义相同,均是指非连续接收非激活定时器,仅仅是名称不同而已,本申请中对非连续接收非激活定时器的名称不做限定。② drx-inactivity timer, used to indicate the number of consecutive time units after the PDCCH indicates data transmission, or it can be understood as the time for the terminal device to detect the control channel after the control channel for data transmission, or it can be understood as indicating the The number of time units of consecutive control channels after the device detects the control channel indicating data transmission, or it can be understood as indicating that after the terminal device detects the downlink control information (DCI) indicating data transmission, the terminal device detects the control channel time. The terminal device listens to the PDCCH during this time period. The time unit is 1ms. It should be noted that in this application, drx-inactivity timer and inactivity timer have the same meaning as drx inactivity timer, and both refer to the non-continuous reception inactivity timer, but the name is different. In this application, the non-continuous reception inactivity timer The name is not limited.
③drx-HARQ RTT timerDL,用于指示下行重传接收之前最少的连续的时间单元的个数,也可以理解为最小的重传调度间隔,即用于指示下一个下行数据发送最早在多少个时间单元后出现,可以理解为,在该定时器运行期间,终端设备不侦听PDCCH。该时间单元为一个OFDM符号。③drx-HARQ RTT timerDL, used to indicate the minimum number of consecutive time units before the downlink retransmission is received. It can also be understood as the minimum retransmission scheduling interval, which is used to indicate how many time units the next downlink data is sent at the earliest It can be understood that the terminal device does not listen to the PDCCH during the running of the timer. The time unit is an OFDM symbol.
④drx-HARQ RTT timerUL,用于指示上行重传接收之前最少的连续的时间单元的个数,也可以理解为最小的重传调度间隔,即用于指示下一个上行数据发送最早在多少个时间单元后出现,可以理解为,在该定时器运行期间,网络设备不会收到上行数据。该时间单元为一个OFDM符号。④drx-HARQ RTT timerUL, used to indicate the minimum number of consecutive time units before the uplink retransmission is received. It can also be understood as the minimum retransmission scheduling interval, that is, used to indicate the earliest time unit for the next uplink data transmission It can be understood that the network device will not receive uplink data during the running of the timer. The time unit is an OFDM symbol.
⑤drx-retransmission timerDL,用于指示在下行数据重传接收之前,终端设备检测控制信道的时间,或者说,用于指示在下行数据重传接收之前连续的控制信道的时间单元的个数。终端设备在这段时间内需要侦听PDCCH。该时间单元为一个slot。⑤ drx-retransmission timerDL is used to indicate the time for the terminal device to detect the control channel before the downlink data is retransmitted and received, or in other words, it is used to indicate the number of time units of continuous control channels before the downlink data is retransmitted and received. The terminal device needs to listen to the PDCCH during this time. The time unit is a slot.
⑥drx-retransmission timerUL,用于指示在上行数据重传接收之前,网络设备接收数据的时间,或者说,用于指示在上行数据重传接收之前连续的控制信道的时间单元的个数。该时间单元为一个slot。⑥drx-retransmission timerUL, used to indicate the time when the network device receives data before the uplink data retransmission is received, or in other words, indicates the number of time units of continuous control channels before the uplink data retransmission is received. The time unit is a slot.
⑦drx-long cycle timer,为DRX机制的长周期的生命周期,单位为ms。⑦drx-long cycle timer, which is the long life cycle of the DRX mechanism, in ms.
⑧drx-short cycle timer,为DRX机制的短周期的生命周期,单位为ms。⑧drx-short cycle timer, is the short cycle life cycle of the DRX mechanism, in ms.
对于以上任一定时器,该DRX配置消息中可以不包括定时器的初始值,例如,定时器的初始值可以是网络设备和终端设备预先约定的。该DRX配置消息可以是RRC消息,例如, 该DRX配置消息可以是RRC建立消息或者RRC重建消息或RRC重配消息,还可以是MAC-CE消息,还可以是DCI信令,当然,也可以是其他类型的消息,在此不作限制。For any of the above timers, the DRX configuration message may not include the initial value of the timer. For example, the initial value of the timer may be pre-appointed by the network device and the terminal device. The DRX configuration message may be an RRC message. For example, the DRX configuration message may be an RRC setup message or an RRC reestablishment message or an RRC reconfiguration message, a MAC-CE message, or DCI signaling. Of course, it may also be There are no restrictions on other types of messages.
需要说明的是,以上定时器,例如,drx-long cycle timer、drx-short cycle timer、on duration timer、drx-inactivity timer、HARQ RTT timer以及drx-retransmission timer,为LTE系统中使用的名称,当上述定时器应用于其他通信系统中,例如5G或者其他类型的通信系统中时,也可以使用其他名称,在本申请实施例中,不对定时器的名称进行限制。It should be noted that the above timers, for example, drx-long cycle timer, drx-short cycle timer, on duration timer, drx-inactivity timer, HARQ RTT timer, and drx-retransmission timer, are the names used in the LTE system. When the above-mentioned timer is applied to other communication systems, such as 5G or other types of communication systems, other names may also be used. In the embodiment of the present application, the name of the timer is not limited.
步骤102a:终端设备根据第一非连续接收配置参数,调整非连续接收的周期。Step 102a: The terminal device adjusts the period of discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
本申请实施例中,根据第一非连续接收配置参数包括的内容不同,终端设备可采用不同的实现方式调整非连续接收的周期。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may adopt different implementation manners to adjust the period of the discontinuous reception according to the content included in the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
第一种可能的实现方式中,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,调整步长包括第一步长。基于该种实现方式,终端设备可以采用如下方式调整非连续接收的周期:终端设备确定在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长。In the first possible implementation manner, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, and the adjustment step size includes a first step length. Based on this implementation, the terminal device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following way: when the terminal device determines that it needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step. .
可以理解,在上述第一种可能的实现方式中,若网络设备通过DRX配置消息发送第一非连续接收配置参数,则需要在DRX-config information element中增加第一步长和M。It can be understood that in the first possible implementation manner, if the network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter through the DRX configuration message, the first step length and M need to be added to the DRX-config information element.
基于上述第一种可能的实现方式,终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之前,还可以统计第一计数,第一计数为在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,终端设备确定第一计数等于M。Based on the first possible implementation manner described above, the terminal device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by a first step length, and the first count means that signals need to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception. The terminal device determines that the first count is equal to M.
本申请实施例中对终端设备如何统计第一计数不做限定,下面以通过计数器(counter)统计第一计数为例,结合实例对上述第一种可能的实现方式进行说明。In the embodiments of the present application, there is no limitation on how the terminal device counts the first count. The following uses a counter to count the first count as an example, and the above-mentioned first possible implementation manner will be described with an example.
参阅图6所示,其为本申请实施例提供的一种调整非连续接收周期的方法实施流程图,图6中以第一非连续接收配置参数包括第一步长和M,终端设备通过计数器1统计第一计数为例示意。该方法包括如下步骤:Refer to FIG. 6, which is a flow chart for implementing a method for adjusting the discontinuous reception period according to an embodiment of this application. In FIG. 6, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the first step length and M, and the terminal device passes the counter 1 Count the first count as an example. The method includes the following steps:
步骤201:网络设备为终端设备配置第一非连续接收配置参数,第一非连续接收配置参数包括第一步长和M。Step 201: The network device configures a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter for the terminal device. The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the first step length and M.
步骤202:当终端设备进入DRX状态时,将计数器1置0,以使计数器1的初始值为0。在该实例中,终端设备通过计数器1统计第一计数,可以将计数器1的计数值理解为第一计数。Step 202: When the terminal device enters the DRX state, set the counter 1 to 0, so that the initial value of the counter 1 is 0. In this example, the terminal device counts the first count through counter 1, and the count value of counter 1 can be understood as the first count.
步骤203:当终端设备进入DRX的激活期时,判断在该激活期是否需要接收信号,若需要接收信号,则执行步骤204,若不需要接收信号,则执行步骤205。Step 203: When the terminal device enters the active period of DRX, it is judged whether it needs to receive a signal during the active period, if it needs to receive a signal, execute step 204, and if it does not need to receive a signal, execute step 205.
步骤204:终端设备将计数器1加1。Step 204: The terminal device adds 1 to the counter 1.
步骤205:终端设备将计数器1置0。Step 205: The terminal device sets the counter 1 to 0.
步骤206:判断计数器1的计数值是否等于M,若计数器1的计数值等于M,则执行步骤207,若计数器1的计数值不等于M,则执行步骤203。Step 206: Determine whether the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M, if the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M, execute step 207, and if the count value of the counter 1 is not equal to M, execute step 203.
在该实例中,当计数器1一直累加到M时,可以理解,计数器1的计数值等于M,此时终端设备可以确定第一计数等于M,进而终端设备可以确定在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号。In this example, when the counter 1 has been accumulated to M, it can be understood that the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M. At this time, the terminal device can determine that the first count is equal to M, and then the terminal device can determine that the first count is equal to M. It is necessary to receive signals during the activation period.
步骤207:终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长。Step 207: The terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step.
在该实例中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之后,还可以执行步骤208。In this example, after the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step, step 208 may be performed.
步骤208:终端设备将计数器1置0。Step 208: The terminal device sets the counter 1 to 0.
基于上述图6的一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长,并将计数器1置0之后,可再次执行图6所示的方法,当计数器1再次累加到M时,终端设备可将非连续接收的周期继续减小第一步长,可实现非连续接收的周期的持续、阶梯型的减小,进而可灵活调整非连续接收的周期的大小。In a possible implementation based on the above-mentioned Fig. 6, the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step, and after setting counter 1 to 0, the method shown in Fig. 6 can be executed again. When counter 1 again When accumulated to M, the terminal device can continue to reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step length, which can realize the continuous and stepwise reduction of the period of discontinuous reception, and then can flexibly adjust the size of the period of discontinuous reception.
第二种可能的实现方式中,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,调整步长包括第二步长。基于该种实现方式,终端设备可以采用如下方式调整非连续接收的周期:终端设备确定在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。In a second possible implementation manner, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N, and the adjustment step size includes a second step size. Based on this implementation method, the terminal device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following manner: the terminal device determines that it does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, and increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step. .
可以理解,在上述第二种可能的实现方式中,若网络设备通过DRX配置消息发送第一非连续接收配置参数,则需要在DRX-config information element中增加第二步长和N。It can be understood that, in the second possible implementation manner described above, if the network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter through the DRX configuration message, the second step size and N need to be added to the DRX-config information element.
基于上述第二种可能的实现方式,终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之前,还可以统计第二计数,第二计数为在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数,终端设备确定第二计数等于N。Based on the second possible implementation manner described above, the terminal device can also count the second count before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step. The second count means that no signal is required to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception. The terminal device determines that the second count is equal to N.
本申请实施例中对终端设备如何统计第二计数不做限定,下面以通过计数器(counter)统计第二计数为例,结合实例对上述第二种可能的实现方式进行说明。In the embodiments of the present application, there is no limitation on how the terminal device counts the second count. The following uses a counter to count the second count as an example, and an example is used to describe the above-mentioned second possible implementation manner.
参阅图7所示,其为本申请实施例提供的又一种调整非连续接收周期的方法实施流程图,图7中以第一非连续接收配置参数包括第二步长和N,终端设备通过计数器2统计第二计数为例示意。该方法包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 7, it is a flowchart of another method for adjusting the discontinuous reception period provided by this embodiment of the application. In FIG. 7, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the second step size and N, and the terminal device passes The counter 2 counts the second count as an example. The method includes the following steps:
步骤301:网络设备为终端设备配置第一非连续接收配置参数,第一非连续接收配置参数包括第二步长和N。Step 301: The network device configures a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter for the terminal device. The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes a second step size and N.
步骤302:当终端设备进入DRX状态时,将计数器2置0,以使计数器2的初始值为0。在该实例中,终端设备通过计数器2统计第二计数,可以将计数器2的计数值理解为第二计数。Step 302: When the terminal device enters the DRX state, the counter 2 is set to 0, so that the initial value of the counter 2 is 0. In this example, the terminal device counts the second count through the counter 2, and the count value of the counter 2 can be understood as the second count.
步骤303:当终端设备进入DRX的激活期时,判断在该激活期是否需要接收信号,若不需要接收信号,则执行步骤304,若需要接收信号,则执行步骤305。Step 303: When the terminal device enters the active period of DRX, it is judged whether it needs to receive a signal during the active period. If it does not need to receive a signal, execute step 304, and if it needs to receive a signal, execute step 305.
步骤304:终端设备将计数器2加1。Step 304: The terminal device increments the counter 2 by 1.
步骤305:终端设备将计数器2置0。Step 305: The terminal device sets the counter 2 to 0.
步骤306:判断计数器2的计数值是否等于N,若计数器2的计数值等于N,则执行步骤307,若计数器2的计数值不等于N,则执行步骤303。Step 306: Determine whether the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N, if the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N, go to step 307, and if the count value of the counter 2 is not equal to N, go to step 303.
在该实例中,当计数器2一直累加到N时,可以理解,计数器2的计数值等于N,此时终端设备可以确定第二计数等于N,进而终端设备可以确定在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号。In this example, when the counter 2 has been accumulated to N, it can be understood that the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N. At this time, the terminal device can determine that the second count is equal to N, and then the terminal device can determine that the second count is equal to N. No signal is required during the activation period.
步骤307:终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。Step 307: The terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step.
在该实例中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之后,还可以执行步骤308。In this example, after the terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step, step 308 may be performed.
步骤308:终端设备将计数器2置0。Step 308: The terminal device sets the counter 2 to 0.
基于上述图7的一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长,并将计数器2置0之后,可再次执行图7所示的方法,当计数器2再次累加到N时,终端设备可将非连续接收的周期继续增加第二步长,可实现非连续接收的周期的持续、阶梯型的增 大,进而可灵活调整非连续接收的周期的大小。In a possible implementation based on the foregoing Figure 7, the terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step, and after setting counter 2 to 0, the method shown in Figure 7 can be executed again. When the counter 2 accumulates again When it reaches N, the terminal device can continue to increase the period of discontinuous reception by a second step length, which can realize the continuous and stepwise increase of the period of discontinuous reception, and can flexibly adjust the size of the period of discontinuous reception.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第一步长和第二步长可以相同,也可以不同。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, the first step length and the second step length may be the same or different.
第三种可能的实现方式中,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长、M以及N,调整步长包括第一步长和第二步长。基于该种实现方式,终端设备可以采用如下方式调整非连续接收的周期:终端设备确定在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长;终端设备确定在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。需要说明的是,在该种实现方式中,若第一步长和第二步长相同,则第一非连续接收配置参数可以仅包括第一步长或第二步长中的一个调整步长,若第一步长和第二步长不相同,则第一非连续接收配置参数可以包括第一步长和第二步长两个步长。In a third possible implementation manner, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, M and N, and the adjustment step size includes a first step size and a second step size. Based on this implementation, the terminal device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following way: when the terminal device determines that it needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by a first step. ; When the terminal device determines that it does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, it increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step. It should be noted that in this implementation manner, if the first step length and the second step length are the same, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter may only include one of the first step length or the second step length. If the first step length and the second step length are not the same, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter may include two step lengths, the first step length and the second step length.
可以理解,在上述第三种可能的实现方式中,若网络设备通过DRX配置消息发送第一非连续接收配置参数,则当第一步长与第二步长不同时需要在DRX-config information element中增加第一步长、第二步长、M以及N,则当第一步长与第二步长相同时需要在DRX-config information element中增加第一步长、M以及N。It is understandable that in the third possible implementation manner, if the network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter through the DRX configuration message, when the first step length is different from the second step length, it needs to be configured in the DRX-config information element If the first step length, the second step length, M and N are added to the DRX-config information element, when the first step length is the same as the second step length, the first step length, M and N must be added to the DRX-config information element.
基于上述第三种可能的实现方式,终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之前,还可以统计第一计数,终端设备确定第一计数等于M;终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之前,还可以统计第二计数,终端设备确定第二计数等于N。Based on the third possible implementation manner, the terminal device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by a first step. The terminal device determines that the first count is equal to M; the terminal device determines the period of discontinuous reception Before increasing the second step size, the second count can also be counted, and the terminal device determines that the second count is equal to N.
本申请实施例下面以通过计数器(counter)统计第一计数和第二计数为例,结合实例对上述第三种可能的实现方式进行说明。In the embodiments of the present application, the following uses a counter to count the first count and the second count as an example, and the third possible implementation manner described above is described with an example.
参阅图8所示,其为本申请实施例提供的又一种调整非连续接收周期的方法实施流程图,图8中以第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长、M以及N,终端设备通过计数器1统计第一计数,通过计数器2统计第二计数为例示意。图8中以第一步长和第二步长相同为例说明,在图8所示的方法中调整步长可以包括第一步长或第二步长。该方法包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 8, which is a flowchart of another method for adjusting the discontinuous reception period provided by this embodiment of the application, in FIG. 8, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size, M and N, and the terminal device Take counter 1 to count the first count, and counter 2 to count the second count as an example. In FIG. 8, the first step length and the second step length are the same as an example. In the method shown in FIG. 8, adjusting the step length may include the first step length or the second step length. The method includes the following steps:
步骤401:网络设备为终端设备配置第一非连续接收配置参数,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长、M以及N。Step 401: The network device configures a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter for the terminal device, where the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step, M and N.
步骤402:当终端设备进入DRX状态时,将计数器1置0,以使计数器1的初始值为0,并将计数器2置0,以使计数器2的初始值为0。在该实例中,终端设备通过计数器1统计第一计数,可以将计数器1的计数值理解为第一计数;终端设备通过计数器2统计第二计数,可以将计数器2的计数值理解为第二计数。Step 402: When the terminal device enters the DRX state, the counter 1 is set to 0, so that the initial value of the counter 1 is 0, and the counter 2 is set to 0, so that the initial value of the counter 2 is 0. In this example, the terminal device counts the first count through counter 1, and the count value of counter 1 can be understood as the first count; the terminal device counts the second count through counter 2, and the count value of counter 2 can be understood as the second count .
步骤403:当终端设备进入DRX的激活期时,判断在该激活期是否需要接收信号,若需要接收信号,则执行步骤404a和步骤404b,若不需要接收信号,则执行步骤404c和步骤404d。Step 403: When the terminal device enters the active period of DRX, it is judged whether it needs to receive a signal during the active period. If it needs to receive a signal, it executes steps 404a and 404b. If it does not need to receive a signal, executes steps 404c and 404d.
步骤404a:终端设备将计数器2置0。Step 404a: The terminal device sets the counter 2 to 0.
步骤404b:终端设备将计数器1加1。Step 404b: The terminal device adds 1 to the counter 1.
步骤404c:终端设备将计数器2加1。Step 404c: The terminal device increments the counter 2 by 1.
步骤404d:终端设备将计数器1置0。Step 404d: The terminal device sets the counter 1 to 0.
步骤405a:判断计数器1的计数值是否等于M,若计数器1的计数值等于M,则执行步骤406a,若计数器1的计数值不等于M,则执行步骤403。Step 405a: Determine whether the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M, if the count value of the counter 1 is equal to M, perform step 406a, and if the count value of the counter 1 is not equal to M, perform step 403.
步骤406a:终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小调整步长。Step 406a: The terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by an adjustment step.
步骤407a:终端设备将计数器1置0。Step 407a: The terminal device sets the counter 1 to 0.
步骤405b:判断计数器2的计数值是否等于N,若计数器2的计数值等于N,则执行步骤406b,若计数器2的计数值不等于N,则执行步骤403。Step 405b: Determine whether the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N, if the count value of the counter 2 is equal to N, execute step 406b, and if the count value of the counter 2 is not equal to N, execute step 403.
步骤406b:终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加调整步长。Step 406b: The terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by an adjustment step.
步骤407b:终端设备将计数器2置0。Step 407b: The terminal device sets the counter 2 to 0.
基于上述图8的一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小调整步长,并将计数器1置0之后,可再次执行图8所示的方法,当计数器1再次累加到M时,终端设备可将非连续接收的周期继续减小第一步长,可实现非连续接收的周期的持续、阶梯型的减小,进而可灵活调整非连续接收的周期的大小。终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加调整步长,并将计数器2置0之后,可再次执行图8所示的方法,当计数器2再次累加到N时,终端设备可将非连续接收的周期继续增加第二步长,可实现非连续接收的周期的持续、阶梯型的增大,进而可灵活调整非连续接收的周期的大小。In a possible implementation based on the foregoing Figure 8, the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the adjustment step, and after setting counter 1 to 0, the method shown in Figure 8 can be executed again. When the counter 1 accumulates again At M, the terminal device can continue to reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step length, which can realize the continuous and stepwise reduction of the period of discontinuous reception, and can flexibly adjust the size of the period of discontinuous reception. The terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the adjustment step, and after setting counter 2 to 0, the method shown in Figure 8 can be executed again. When the counter 2 accumulates to N again, the terminal device can continue the period of discontinuous reception. Increasing the second step size can realize the continuous and stepwise increase of the period of discontinuous reception, and the size of the period of discontinuous reception can be flexibly adjusted.
步骤102b:网络设备根据第一非连续接收配置参数,调整非连续接收的周期。Step 102b: The network device adjusts the period of discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
本申请实施例中,网络设备根据第一非连续接收配置参数,调整非连续接收的周期的方法,与终端设备根据第一非连续接收配置参数,调整非连续接收的周期的方法类似。根据第一非连续接收配置参数包括的内容不同,网络设备也可采用不同的实现方式调整非连续接收的周期。In the embodiment of the present application, the method for the network device to adjust the period of discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter is similar to the method for the terminal device to adjust the period of discontinuous reception according to the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter. According to different contents included in the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, the network device may also adopt different implementation manners to adjust the period of discontinuous reception.
第1种可能的实现方式中,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,调整步长包括第一步长。基于该种实现方式,网络设备可以采用如下方式调整非连续接收的周期:网络设备确定终端设备在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长。In the first possible implementation manner, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, and the adjustment step size includes a first step length. Based on this implementation, the network device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following way: when the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first Stride.
可以理解,由于终端设备接收信号是由网络设备调度的,网络设备可以获知每次终端设备处于非连续接收的激活期时,终端设备是否需要接收信号。It can be understood that since the terminal device receives the signal is scheduled by the network device, the network device can know whether the terminal device needs to receive the signal every time the terminal device is in the non-continuous reception activation period.
基于上述第1种可能的实现方式,网络设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之前,还可以统计第一计数,第一计数为终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,网络设备确定第一计数等于M。Based on the first possible implementation manner, the network device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step. The first count is that the terminal device needs to be in each activation period of discontinuous reception. For the consecutive number of received signals, the network device determines that the first count is equal to M.
本申请实施例中对网络设备如何统计第一计数不做限定,网络设备也可以像上述图6的举例中通过计数器1统计第一计数,具体如何统计可参见图6中描述,与终端设备统计第一计数的方法类似,此处不再赘述。通过该方法,终端设备和网络设备均可以通过计数器1统计第一计数,终端设备和网络设备可以在确定第一计数等于M时,同步将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长。这样,只要初始时刻网络设备为终端设备配置了第一非连续接收配置参数,后续,终端设备与网络设备之间无需信令交互,终端设备就可以与网络设备同步调整非连续接收的周期。In the embodiments of this application, there is no limitation on how the network device counts the first count. The network device can also count the first count through counter 1 as in the example of FIG. 6 above. For details about how to count, please refer to the description in FIG. 6, and terminal device statistics. The method of the first counting is similar, and will not be repeated here. With this method, both the terminal device and the network device can count the first count through counter 1, and the terminal device and the network device can synchronously reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step when determining that the first count is equal to M. In this way, as long as the network device configures the terminal device with the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter at the initial moment, subsequently, no signaling interaction is required between the terminal device and the network device, and the terminal device can synchronize the discontinuous reception period with the network device.
第2种可能的实现方式中,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,调整步长包括第二步长。基于该种实现方式,网络设备可以采用如下方式调整非连续接收的周期:网络设备确定终端设备在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。In a second possible implementation manner, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N, and the adjustment step size includes a second step size. Based on this implementation, the network device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following manner: the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous reception, and increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second Stride.
基于上述第2种可能的实现方式,网络设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之前,还可以统计第二计数,网络设备确定第二计数等于N。Based on the second possible implementation manner described above, the network device may also count the second count before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step, and the network device determines that the second count is equal to N.
本申请实施例中对网络设备如何统计第二计数不做限定,网络设备也可以像上述图7的 举例中通过计数器2统计第二计数,具体如何统计可参见图7中描述,与终端设备统计第二计数的方法类似,此处不再赘述。通过该方法,终端设备和网络设备均可以通过计数器2统计第二计数,终端设备和网络设备可以在确定第二计数等于N时,同步将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。这样,只要初始时刻网络设备为终端设备配置了第一非连续接收配置参数,后续,终端设备与网络设备之间无需信令交互,终端设备就可以与网络设备同步调整非连续接收的周期。The embodiment of this application does not limit how the network device counts the second count. The network device can also use the counter 2 to count the second count like the example shown in FIG. 7 above. For details, please refer to the description in FIG. 7 and the terminal device statistics. The second counting method is similar and will not be repeated here. With this method, both the terminal device and the network device can count the second count through the counter 2. The terminal device and the network device can synchronously increase the period of discontinuous reception by the second step when determining that the second count is equal to N. In this way, as long as the network device configures the terminal device with the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter at the initial moment, subsequently, no signaling interaction is required between the terminal device and the network device, and the terminal device can synchronize the discontinuous reception period with the network device.
第3种可能的实现方式中,第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长、M以及N,调整步长包括第一步长和第二步长。基于该种实现方式,网络设备可以采用如下方式调整非连续接收的周期:网络设备确定终端设备在连续M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长;网络设备确定终端设备在连续N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长。需要说明的是,在该种实现方式中,若第一步长和第二步长相同,则第一非连续接收配置参数可以仅包括第一步长或第二步长中的一个调整步长,若第一步长和第二步长不相同,则第一非连续接收配置参数可以包括第一步长和第二步长两个步长。In a third possible implementation manner, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, M and N, and the adjustment step size includes a first step size and a second step size. Based on this implementation, the network device can adjust the period of discontinuous reception in the following way: when the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation period of M continuous discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first Step size: When the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of N consecutive discontinuous receptions, it increases the period of discontinuous reception by a second step. It should be noted that in this implementation manner, if the first step length and the second step length are the same, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter may only include one of the first step length or the second step length. If the first step length and the second step length are not the same, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter may include two step lengths, the first step length and the second step length.
基于上述第3种可能的实现方式,网络设备将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长之前,还可以统计第一计数,网络设备确定第一计数等于M;网络设备将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长之前,还可以统计第二计数,网络设备确定第二计数等于N。Based on the third possible implementation manner, the network device can also count the first count before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, and the network device determines that the first count is equal to M; the network device determines the period of discontinuous reception Before increasing the second step size, the second count can also be counted, and the network device determines that the second count is equal to N.
本申请实施例中网络设备也可以像上述图8的举例中通过计数器1统计第一计数,并通过计数器2统计第二计数,具体如何统计可参见图8中描述,此处不再赘述。通过该方法,终端设备和网络设备均可以通过计数器1统计第一计数,终端设备和网络设备可以在确定第一计数等于M时,同步将非连续接收的周期减小第一步长,且,终端设备和网络设备均可以通过计数器2统计第二计数,终端设备和网络设备可以在确定第二计数等于N时,同步将非连续接收的周期增加第二步长,这样,只要初始时刻网络设备为终端设备配置了第一非连续接收配置参数,后续,终端设备与网络设备之间无需信令交互,终端设备就可以与网络设备同步调整非连续接收的周期。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may also use the counter 1 to count the first count and the counter 2 to count the second count as in the above example of FIG. 8. For specific statistics, refer to the description in FIG. 8 and will not be repeated here. Through this method, both the terminal device and the network device can count the first count through counter 1. The terminal device and the network device can synchronously reduce the period of discontinuous reception by a first step when determining that the first count is equal to M, and, Both the terminal device and the network device can count the second count through the counter 2. When the terminal device and the network device determine that the second count is equal to N, the period of discontinuous reception can be increased by the second step synchronously. The terminal device is configured with the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter, and subsequently, without signaling interaction between the terminal device and the network device, the terminal device can synchronize the discontinuous reception period with the network device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中并不限定步骤102a与步骤102b执行的先后顺序。例如,一种可能的实现方式中,先执行步骤102a,后执行步骤102b。另一种可能的实现方式中,先执行步骤102b,后执行步骤102a。又一种可能的实现方式中,同时执行步骤102a和步骤102b。It should be noted that the order of performing step 102a and step 102b is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, in a possible implementation manner, step 102a is performed first, and then step 102b is performed. In another possible implementation manner, step 102b is performed first, and then step 102a is performed. In another possible implementation manner, step 102a and step 102b are performed simultaneously.
通过本申请提供的方法,网络设备只需要为终端设备配置一次非连续接收配置参数,即可实现非连续接收的周期的自适应调整,无需终端设备与网络设备之间进行额外的信令交互,可节省信令开销,此外,采用该方法调整非连续接收的周期,不局限于在DRX短周期和/或DRX长周期之间调整非连续接收的周期,采用该方法可以将DRX短周期或DRX长周期增加或者减小调整步长,而本申请中调整步长是不限定的,故采用本申请的方法调整非连续接收的周期的灵活性更高。With the method provided in this application, the network device only needs to configure the discontinuous reception configuration parameters for the terminal device once to realize the adaptive adjustment of the discontinuous reception cycle, without the need for additional signaling interaction between the terminal device and the network device. The signaling overhead can be saved. In addition, the use of this method to adjust the period of discontinuous reception is not limited to adjusting the period of discontinuous reception between the DRX short period and/or the DRX long period. This method can be used to adjust the DRX short period or DRX period. The long period increases or decreases the adjustment step size, and the adjustment step size in this application is not limited, so the flexibility of adjusting the period of discontinuous reception by the method of this application is higher.
一些可能的场景中,当网络设备确定向终端设备发送信号失败时,可能存在终端设备调整了非连续接收的周期,但是网络设备未调整非连续接收的周期的情况,这样会导致终端设备与网络设备之间的DRX配置不统一,进而可能会导致后续数据传输出错,影响传输效率。基于此,本申请实施例中,网络设备确定满足第一条件时,还可以向终端设备发送重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数,终端设备可以接收来自网络设备的该第二非连续接收配置参数, 终端设备接收到第二非连续接收配置参数之后,还可以使用第二非连续接收配置参数更新第一非连续接收配置参数。这样,可保证终端设备与网络设备之间的DRX配置参数一致,可避免终端设备与网络设备之间的非连续接收配置参数不对齐的情况发生。In some possible scenarios, when the network device determines that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device, there may be a situation in which the terminal device has adjusted the period of discontinuous reception, but the network device has not adjusted the period of discontinuous reception. This will cause the terminal device to communicate with the network. The DRX configuration between devices is not uniform, which may cause subsequent data transmission errors and affect transmission efficiency. Based on this, in the embodiment of the present application, when the network device determines that the first condition is met, it may also send the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive the second discontinuous reception configuration from the network device Parameter. After receiving the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter, the terminal device may also use the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter. In this way, it can be ensured that the DRX configuration parameters between the terminal device and the network device are consistent, and the discontinuous reception configuration parameters between the terminal device and the network device can be avoided from being misaligned.
其中,第一条件包括但不限于如下至少一项:Among them, the first condition includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
第1项:网络设备确定向终端设备发送信号失败。Item 1: The network device determines that it has failed to send a signal to the terminal device.
示例性地,网络设备可以通过终端设备反馈的确认(acknowledgement,ACK)或否定确认(negative acknowledgement,NACK),判断是否有数据包丢失,当有数据包丢失时网络设备可以确定向终端设备发送信号失败,此时,网络设备可以向终端设备发送重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数,以保证网络设备与终端设备之间的非连续接收配置参数可以对齐。Exemplarily, the network device can determine whether there is a data packet loss through the acknowledgement (ACK) or negative acknowledgement (NACK) fed back by the terminal device. When there is a data packet loss, the network device can determine to send a signal to the terminal device If it fails, at this time, the network device may send the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device to ensure that the discontinuous reception configuration parameter between the network device and the terminal device can be aligned.
示例性地,网络设备还可以通过终端设备的通知消息,确定向终端设备发送信号失败。例如,假设网络设备为终端设备配置了DAI和T-DAI,终端设备可以通过DAI和T-DAI确定是否有数据包丢失,如果有数据包丢失,则可以通过通知消息通知网络设备,进而网络设备可根据通知消息确定向终端设备发送信号失败。Exemplarily, the network device may also determine that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device through a notification message of the terminal device. For example, suppose the network device is configured with DAI and T-DAI for the terminal device. The terminal device can determine whether there is a data packet loss through DAI and T-DAI. If there is a data packet loss, it can notify the network device through a notification message, and then the network device It can be determined according to the notification message that the signal to the terminal device has failed.
第2项:网络设备和终端设备之间传输信号的时间达到第一阈值。这样,网络设备和终端设备之间可以约定当传输信号的时间达到第一阈值时,进行一次非连续接收配置参数的对齐,可保证终端设备与网络设备之间的DRX配置一致,避免通信出错。Item 2: The signal transmission time between the network device and the terminal device reaches the first threshold. In this way, the network device and the terminal device can agree to perform a discontinuous reception configuration parameter alignment when the signal transmission time reaches the first threshold, which can ensure that the DRX configuration between the terminal device and the network device is consistent and avoid communication errors.
本申请上文中描述的非连续接收的配置方法,用以进行非连续接收的配置以适应终端设备实时变化的业务状态。除该技术问题外,现有技术中还存在另一个技术问题。现有技术中,网络设备为终端设备配置统一的drx-inactivity timer,该统一的drx-inactivity timer不能满足所有终端设备的业务需求,如何配置drx-inactivity timer以适应不同终端设备的业务需求是需要解决的另一个技术问题。The discontinuous reception configuration method described above in this application is used for discontinuous reception configuration to adapt to the real-time changing service status of the terminal device. In addition to this technical problem, there is another technical problem in the prior art. In the prior art, network equipment configures a unified drx-inactivity timer for terminal equipment, and the unified drx-inactivity timer cannot meet the service requirements of all terminal equipment. How to configure drx-inactivity timer to meet the service requirements of different terminal equipment is a need Another technical problem solved.
基于此本申请实施例提供另一种非连续接收的配置方法及装置,用以灵活配置drx-inactivity timer以满足不同终端设备的业务需求。其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。Based on this, the embodiments of the present application provide another discontinuous reception configuration method and device to flexibly configure the drx-inactivity timer to meet the service requirements of different terminal devices. Among them, the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
参阅图9所示,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种非连续接收的配置方法流程图。该方法包括以下步骤:Refer to FIG. 9, which is a flowchart of another discontinuous reception configuration method provided in an embodiment of this application. The method includes the following steps:
步骤501:终端设备测量得到第一CQI。Step 501: The terminal device measures the first CQI.
步骤502:终端设备根据第一CQI以及第一对应关系,确定与第一CQI对应的第一drx-inactivity timer。其中,第一对应关系包括至少一个CQI与至少一个drx-inactivity timer的一一对应关系。需要说明的是,本申请中对应关系也可以理解为映射关系,下文中可将对应关系与映射关系互换描述。Step 502: The terminal device determines the first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and the first correspondence. The first correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between at least one CQI and at least one drx-inactivity timer. It should be noted that the corresponding relationship in this application can also be understood as a mapping relationship, and the corresponding relationship and the mapping relationship may be described interchangeably below.
本申请实施例中,第一对应关系中的CQI的大小与drx-inactivity timer的大小呈反相关,也可以理解为成反比,也就是,第一对应关系中CQI的值越大,与该CQI对应的drx-inactivity timer就越小。In the embodiment of the present application, the size of the CQI in the first correspondence relationship is inversely related to the size of the drx-inactivity timer, and can also be understood as inversely proportional, that is, the larger the value of the CQI in the first correspondence relationship, the greater the value of the CQI The corresponding drx-inactivity timer is smaller.
在该实施例中,第一对应关系可以是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In this embodiment, the first correspondence may be configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
本申请实施例中,根据CQI的大小配置drx-inactivity timer。由于CQI低的终端设备(例如处于小区边缘的终端设备),需要数据重传的可能性更高,所以需要更大的传输时间和传输次数,本申请提供的上述方法为该部分CQI低的终端设备配置较大的drx-inactivity timer, 以增加该部分CQI低的终端设备的传输时间,进而可增加传输次数,通过该方法为CQI低的终端设备配置更高的drx-inactivity timer,可提高传输效率。反之,CQI高的终端设备的调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)也高,编码效率更高,意味着调度一次可以传输的比特数更多,对于该部分CQI高的终端设备来说,需要较少的传输时间和传输次数即可完成数据传输,本申请提供的上述方法为该部分CQI高的终端设备配置较小的drx-inactivity timer,以减小该部分CQI低的终端设备的传输时间,进而提高传输效率。In the embodiment of this application, the drx-inactivity timer is configured according to the size of the CQI. Since terminal equipment with low CQI (for example, terminal equipment at the edge of a cell) is more likely to require data retransmission, it requires greater transmission time and transmission times. The above-mentioned method provided in this application is for this part of terminals with low CQI The device is configured with a larger drx-inactivity timer to increase the transmission time of the part of the terminal equipment with low CQI, thereby increasing the number of transmissions. Through this method, the terminal equipment with low CQI can be configured with a higher drx-inactivity timer to improve transmission effectiveness. Conversely, the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of the terminal equipment with high CQI is also high, and the coding efficiency is higher, which means that the number of bits that can be transmitted at one time is more. For this part of the terminal equipment with high CQI Data transmission can be completed with less transmission time and transmission times. The above method provided in this application configures a small drx-inactivity timer for this part of terminal equipment with high CQI to reduce the cost of this part of terminal equipment with low CQI. Transmission time, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
在该实施例中,第一对应关系可以通过表格的形式呈现,参见表1所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种第一对应关系,其中表1中的第一对应关系仅作为示意说明,本申请中的第一对应关系并不局限于此。In this embodiment, the first correspondence relationship may be presented in the form of a table. See Table 1 for a first correspondence relationship provided in this embodiment of the application. The first correspondence relationship in Table 1 is only for illustrative purposes. The first correspondence in this application is not limited to this.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020079086-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020079086-appb-000001
如表1所示,表1所示出的第一对应关系包括10个对应关系,第一个对应关系为:当CQI为10时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为4,第二个对应关系为:当CQI为9时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为5,第三个对应关系为:当CQI为8时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为10,第四个对应关系为:当CQI为7时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为20,第五个对应关系为:当CQI为6时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为30,第六个对应关系为:当CQI为5时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为40,第七个对应关系为:当CQI为4时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为50,第八个对应关系为:当CQI为3时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为60,第九个对应关系为:当CQI为2时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为80,第十个对应关系为:当CQI为1时,对应的drx-inactivity timer为100。As shown in Table 1, the first correspondence shown in Table 1 includes 10 correspondences. The first correspondence is: when the CQI is 10, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 4, and the second correspondence is : When the CQI is 9, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 5. The third correspondence is: when the CQI is 8, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 10, and the fourth correspondence is: when the CQI is 7 , The corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 20, the fifth correspondence is: when the CQI is 6, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 30, and the sixth correspondence is: when the CQI is 5, the corresponding drx-inactivity The timer is 40, the seventh correspondence is: when the CQI is 4, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 50, and the eighth correspondence is: when the CQI is 3, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 60, and the ninth One correspondence is: when the CQI is 2, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 80, and the tenth correspondence is: when the CQI is 1, the corresponding drx-inactivity timer is 100.
以表1所示的第一对应关系为例,对上述图9的方法进行说明。假设步骤501中终端设备测量得到的第一CQI为6,则终端设备可根据表1中的第一对应关系确定出与该第一CQI对应的第一drx-inactivity timer为30。Taking the first correspondence shown in Table 1 as an example, the method in FIG. 9 described above will be described. Assuming that the first CQI measured by the terminal device in step 501 is 6, the terminal device can determine that the first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI is 30 according to the first correspondence in Table 1.
需要说明的是,由于CQI是个瞬时的变量,在时变场景中,受信道影响很大,因此,在时变场景中CQI是指一段时间内的CQI的平均值。It should be noted that since CQI is an instantaneous variable, it is greatly affected by the channel in a time-varying scenario. Therefore, in a time-varying scenario, the CQI refers to the average value of the CQI over a period of time.
步骤503:终端设备向网络设备发送第一CQI,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一CQI。Step 503: The terminal device sends the first CQI to the network device, and the network device receives the first CQI from the terminal device.
步骤504:网络设备根据第一CQI以及第一对应关系,确定与第一CQI对应的第一drx-inactivity timer。Step 504: The network device determines the first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and the first correspondence.
该实施例中并不限定步骤502与步骤503执行的先后顺序。例如,一种可能的实现方式中,先执行步骤502,后执行步骤503。另一种可能的实现方式中,先执行步骤503,后执行步骤502。又一种可能的实现方式中,同时执行步骤502和步骤503。This embodiment does not limit the execution sequence of step 502 and step 503. For example, in a possible implementation manner, step 502 is performed first, and then step 503 is performed. In another possible implementation manner, step 503 is performed first, and then step 502 is performed. In another possible implementation manner, step 502 and step 503 are performed simultaneously.
通过上述方法,根据CQI优化drx-inactivity timer的配置。在终端设备侧,可以根据测量得到的CQI以及第一对应关系确定出,与该CQI对应的drx-inactivity timer。在网络设备侧,可以根据终端设备上报的CQI以及第一对应关系确定出,与该CQI对应的drx-inactivity timer。这样,网络设备无需与终端设备进行信令交互,即可确定终端设备使用的drx-inactivity timer,从而可以在合理的时间调度终端设备。另外,通过该方法可以避免CQI低的终端设备,被配置较小的drx-inactivity timer,导致业务传输时延较大的问题。此外,通过该方法可以避免CQI高的终端设备,被配置较大的drx-inactivity timer,导致功耗浪费的问题。Through the above method, the configuration of drx-inactivity timer is optimized according to the CQI. On the terminal device side, the drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the CQI can be determined according to the measured CQI and the first corresponding relationship. On the network device side, the drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the CQI can be determined according to the CQI reported by the terminal device and the first correspondence. In this way, the network device can determine the drx-inactivity timer used by the terminal device without signaling interaction with the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be scheduled in a reasonable time. In addition, this method can prevent terminal devices with low CQI from being configured with a smaller drx-inactivity timer, which causes the problem of large service transmission delay. In addition, this method can prevent terminal devices with high CQI from being configured with a larger drx-inactivity timer, which causes the problem of waste of power consumption.
针对非连续接收的配置,除上述存在的两个技术问题之外,现有技术中还存在另一个技术问题。现有技术中,处于DRX睡眠期的终端设备,可能会发生转动或平移或受到遮挡等突变,导致该部分终端设备从DRX睡眠期进入DRX激活期后,该部分终端设备的波束与网络设备的波束可能不对齐,进而导致该部分终端设备无法有效地监听到PDCCH。因此,如何保证终端设备在进入DRX激活期后,终端设备的波束与网络设备的波束对齐,是需要解决的另一个技术问题。Regarding the discontinuous reception configuration, in addition to the above two technical problems, there is another technical problem in the prior art. In the prior art, terminal devices in the DRX sleep period may undergo abrupt changes such as rotation or translation or obscuration, resulting in some terminal devices entering the DRX active period from the DRX sleep period, and the beams of the terminal devices and the network device The beams may not be aligned, which may result in that some terminal devices cannot effectively monitor the PDCCH. Therefore, how to ensure that the beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device after the terminal device enters the DRX activation period is another technical problem that needs to be solved.
基于此本申请实施例提供又一种非连续接收的配置方法及装置,通过该方法可使终端设备在睡眠期的最后一小段时间醒来,进行波束选择,以使终端设备的波束与网络设备的波束对齐,进而可保证终端设备在进入DRX激活期后,终端设备的波束与网络设备的波束是对齐的。其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。Based on this, the embodiments of this application provide yet another discontinuous reception configuration method and device, by which the terminal device can wake up in the last short period of the sleep period and perform beam selection, so that the beam of the terminal device and the network device The beam alignment of the terminal device can then ensure that the beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device after the terminal device enters the DRX activation period. Among them, the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
需要说明的是,该实施例可应用于5G毫米波场景,当然,也可以应用于其它场景,本申请对此不做限定。当该实施例应用于5G毫米波场景时,本申请实施例中的终端设备是指毫米波终端设备,也可以理解为使用毫米波的终端设备。It should be noted that this embodiment can be applied to 5G millimeter wave scenarios, and of course, it can also be applied to other scenarios, which is not limited in this application. When this embodiment is applied to a 5G millimeter wave scenario, the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application refers to a millimeter wave terminal device, and can also be understood as a terminal device using millimeter waves.
参阅图10所示,其为本申请实施例提供的又一种非连续接收的配置方法流程图。该方法包括以下步骤:Refer to FIG. 10, which is a flowchart of another discontinuous reception configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application. The method includes the following steps:
步骤601:终端设备确定第一速度等级,第一速度等级表征终端设备移动或转动的快慢程度。Step 601: The terminal device determines a first speed level, where the first speed level represents how fast the terminal device moves or rotates.
本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过传感器加速度计检测移动速度,可以通过陀螺仪检测转动速度,在检测到移动速度和/或转动速度之后,进一步可以根据移动速度和/或转动速度确定第一速度等级。示例性地,终端设备可以根据移动速度和/或转动速度与速度等级的对应关系,确定与测量得到的移动速度和/或转动速度对应的速度等级。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may detect the moving speed through a sensor accelerometer, and may detect the rotation speed through a gyroscope. After detecting the moving speed and/or the rotation speed, the terminal device may further determine the first speed according to the moving speed and/or the rotation speed. Speed rating. Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine the speed level corresponding to the measured movement speed and/or rotation speed according to the corresponding relationship between the movement speed and/or the rotation speed and the speed level.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以确定移动速度或者转动速度,并将该移动速度或者转动速度发送给网络设备,由网络设备根据预设的规则确定该移动速度或者转动速度属于何种速度等级。例如,假设终端设备确定移动速度为9(仅作为示意),进而可将该移动速度发送给网络设备,网络设备可以根据预先存储的移动速度与速度等级的对应关系,参见表2所示,确定与该移动速度9对应的速度等级为高速。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may determine the moving speed or the rotating speed, and send the moving speed or the rotating speed to the network device, and the network device determines which speed the moving speed or the rotating speed belongs to according to a preset rule grade. For example, suppose that the terminal device determines that the moving speed is 9 (just as an indication), and then can send the moving speed to the network device, and the network device can determine according to the correspondence between the moving speed and the speed level stored in advance, as shown in Table 2. The speed level corresponding to this movement speed 9 is high speed.
表2Table 2
移动速度Moving speed 1-31-3 4-64-6 7-97-9
速度等级Speed class 低速Low speed 中速Medium speed 高速high speed
步骤602:终端设备向网络设备发送第一速度等级,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一速度等级。Step 602: The terminal device sends the first speed grade to the network device, and the network device receives the first speed grade from the terminal device.
本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过现有的UE assistance information message向网络设备发送第一速度等级,当然也可以通过新的消息向网络设备发送第一速度等级,本申请对此不做限定。当终端设备通过UE assistance information message发送第一速度等级时,需要在现有的UE assistance information message中新增字段-终端设备的速度等级(例如UE-speed),具体的,该字段可以对应多个等级,例如低速、高速、中速以及静止。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device may send the first speed level to the network device through the existing UE assistance information message, and of course, it may also send the first speed level to the network device through a new message, which is not limited in this application. When the terminal device sends the first speed level through the UE assistance information message, a new field-the speed level of the terminal device (for example, UE-speed), needs to be added to the existing UE assistance information message. Specifically, this field can correspond to multiple Levels, such as low speed, high speed, medium speed, and stationary.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,若终端设备在睡眠期处于静止状态,则不会发生波束不对齐的问题,也无需采用本申请的方法进行波束对齐。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, if the terminal device is in a static state during the sleep period, the problem of beam misalignment will not occur, and the method of the present application does not need to be used for beam alignment.
步骤603:网络设备根据第一速度等级、终端设备的第一波束数目以及第二对应关系,确定与第一速度等级和第一波束数目对应的第一预准备时间(pre-wake-up-window),第二对应关系包括至少一个速度等级、至少一个波束数目以及至少一个预准备时间的一一对应关系,预准备时间为非连续接收的激活期之前的一段时间,在预准备时间内终端设备可以从睡眠期醒来进行波束选择。Step 603: The network device determines a first pre-wake-up-window corresponding to the first speed class and the first number of beams according to the first speed class, the first number of beams of the terminal device, and the second correspondence. ), the second correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence of at least one speed level, at least one number of beams, and at least one pre-preparation time, the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, and the terminal device is within the pre-preparation time You can wake up from sleep for beam selection.
本申请实施例中,预准备时间为非连续接收的激活期之前的一段时间,也可以理解为,预准备时间为非连续接收的睡眠期包括的一段时间,参阅图11所示,为本申请提供的另一种可能的C-DRX模式流程示意图,图11中的C-DRX模式为采用本申请图10所示的方法配置了预准备时间的模式,由图11可知,在C-DRX状态下,激活期之前的一段时间,即睡眠期包括的最后一段时间即为预准备时间。In the embodiment of the present application, the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception. It can also be understood that the pre-preparation time is a period of time included in the sleep period of discontinuous reception. As shown in FIG. 11, this application Another possible C-DRX mode flow diagram is provided. The C-DRX mode in Fig. 11 is a mode in which the preparation time is configured using the method shown in Fig. 10 of this application. It can be seen from Fig. 11 that in the C-DRX state Next, the period before the activation period, that is, the last period included in the sleep period, is the preparation time.
本申请实施例中,第二对应关系中的波束数目的大小与预准备时间的长度成正相关,也可以理解为成正比,也就是,第二对应关系中波束数目越多,与该波束数目对应的预准备时间就越长。此外,第二对应关系中的速度等级表征的速度大小与预准备时间的长度成正相关,也可以理解为成正比,也就是,第二对应关系中速度等级表征的速度越大,与该速度等级对应的预准备时间就越长。In the embodiment of the present application, the size of the number of beams in the second correspondence is positively correlated with the length of the pre-preparation time, which can also be understood as being proportional, that is, the more the number of beams in the second correspondence, the more the number of beams corresponds to The longer the preparation time. In addition, the speed represented by the speed level in the second correspondence is positively correlated with the length of the pre-preparation time, which can also be understood as proportional, that is, the greater the speed represented by the speed level in the second correspondence, the greater the speed with the speed level The corresponding preparation time is longer.
示例性地,第二对应关系可以是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。Exemplarily, the second correspondence may be configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
在该实施例中,第二对应关系可以通过表格的形式呈现,参见表3所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种第二对应关系,其中表3中的第二对应关系仅作为示意说明,本申请中的第二对应关系并不局限于此。In this embodiment, the second correspondence relationship may be presented in the form of a table. See Table 3, which is a second correspondence relationship provided in this embodiment of the present application. The second correspondence relationship in Table 3 is only for illustrative purposes. The second correspondence in this application is not limited to this.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020079086-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020079086-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020079086-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020079086-appb-000003
如表3所示,表3所示出的第二对应关系包括9个对应关系,第一个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目小于10,速度等级为低速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/6时间,第二个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目小于10,速度等级为中速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/5时间,第三个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目小于10,速度等级为高速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/4时间,第四个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目大于等于10小于等于20,速度等级为低速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/5时间,第五个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目大于等于10小于等于20,速度等级为中速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/4时间,第六个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目大于等于10小于等于20,速度等级为高速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/3时间,第七个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目大于20,速度等级为低速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/4时间,第八个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目大于20,速度等级为中速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/3时间,第九个对应关系为:当终端设备的波束数目大于20,速度等级为高速时,对应的预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/2时间。As shown in Table 3, the second correspondence shown in Table 3 includes 9 correspondences. The first correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is less than 10, and the speed class is low speed, the corresponding preparation time is The last 1/6 of the sleep period, the second corresponding relationship is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is less than 10, and the speed level is medium speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/5 of the sleep period, and the third The corresponding relationship is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is less than 10 and the speed class is high-speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/4 of the sleep period, and the fourth corresponding relationship is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than or equal to 10 When the speed level is less than or equal to 20 and the speed level is low, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/5 of the sleep period. The fifth correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than or equal to 10 and less than or equal to 20, the speed level is medium speed When the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/4 of the sleep period, the sixth correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than or equal to 10 and less than or equal to 20, and the speed level is high-speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is sleep In the last 1/3 of the period, the seventh correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than 20 and the speed level is low, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/4 of the sleep period, and the eighth correspondence As: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than 20 and the speed level is medium speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/3 of the sleep period. The ninth correspondence is: when the number of beams of the terminal device is greater than 20, the speed When the level is high speed, the corresponding pre-preparation time is the last 1/2 time of the sleep period.
以表3所示的第二对应关系为例,对上述图10的方法进行说明。假设步骤601中终端设备确定的第一速度等级为低速,且该终端设备的波束为6,则步骤603中网络设备可以根据第一速度等级、终端设备的第一波束数目以及第二对应关系,确定出与该第一速度等级和第一波束数目对应的第一预准备时间为睡眠期的最后1/6时间。Taking the second correspondence shown in Table 3 as an example, the method shown in FIG. 10 will be described. Assuming that the first speed class determined by the terminal device in step 601 is low speed, and the beam of the terminal device is 6, then the network device in step 603 can be based on the first speed class, the first number of beams of the terminal device, and the second correspondence, It is determined that the first pre-preparation time corresponding to the first speed level and the first number of beams is the last 1/6 time of the sleep period.
步骤604:网络设备向终端设备发送第一预准备时间,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一预准备时间。Step 604: The network device sends the first preparation time to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first preparation time from the network device.
在该实施例中,终端设备接收到来自网络设备的第一预准备时间后,可以在所述第一预准备时间从睡眠期醒来,进行波束选择。In this embodiment, after receiving the first preparation time from the network device, the terminal device may wake up from the sleep period at the first preparation time to perform beam selection.
步骤605:终端设备在第一预准备时间内醒来,进行波束选择,以使得重选后的波束与网络设备的波束对齐。Step 605: The terminal device wakes up within the first pre-preparation time, and performs beam selection, so that the reselected beam is aligned with the beam of the network device.
本申请实施例中,终端设备进行波束选择可以参见上述部分用语解释说明7)中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。终端设备进行波束选择可包括波束确定、波束测量、波束扫描以及波束上报等过程,最终使得重新选择的波束与网络设备的波束对齐。In the embodiments of the present application, for the terminal device to perform beam selection, reference may be made to the related description in 7) of the above-mentioned part of the terminology explanation, which is not repeated here. The beam selection performed by the terminal device may include processes such as beam determination, beam measurement, beam scanning, and beam reporting, so that the reselected beam is finally aligned with the beam of the network device.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以根据终端设备的速度等级、终端设备的波束数目以及第二对应关系,为终端设备配置预准备时间,可使终端设备在预准备时间醒来,进行波束选择,以使终端设备的波束与网络设备的波束对齐,进而可保证终端设备在进入DRX激活期后,终端设备的波束与网络设备的波束是对齐的。Through the above method, the network device can configure the pre-preparation time for the terminal device according to the speed level of the terminal device, the number of beams of the terminal device, and the second correspondence, so that the terminal device can wake up at the pre-preparation time and perform beam selection to make The beam of the terminal device is aligned with the beam of the network device, thereby ensuring that the beam of the terminal device and the beam of the network device are aligned after the terminal device enters the DRX activation period.
基于同一发明构思,本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备,该终端设备可以具有如图12所示的结构,且具有上述方法实施例中终端设备的行为功能。如图12所示,该终端设备1200可包括收发单元1201以及处理单元1202,所述收发单元1201可以用于接收来自网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数,所述处理单元1202可以用于根据所述第一非连续接收配置参数,调整所述非连续接收的周期。或者,所述处理单元1202可以用于测量得到第一CQI,还可以 用于根据所述第一CQI以及第一对应关系,确定与所述第一CQI对应的第一drx-inactivity timer,所述收发单元1201可以用于向网络设备发送所述第一CQI。或者,所述处理单元1202可以用于确定第一速度等级,所述收发单元1201可以用于向网络设备发送所述第一速度等级,所述收发单元1201还可以用于接收来自所述网络设备的第一预准备时间,所述处理单元1202还可以用于根据所述第一预准备时间进行波束选择。在实施中,终端设备1200还可具有存储单元1203,存储单元1203可与处理单元1202耦合,用于存储处理单元1202执行功能所需的程序、指令。Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device. The terminal device may have a structure as shown in FIG. 12 and have the behavioral functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device 1200 may include a transceiving unit 1201 and a processing unit 1202. The transceiving unit 1201 may be used to receive the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network device, and the processing unit 1202 may be used to The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter adjusts the period of the discontinuous reception. Alternatively, the processing unit 1202 may be configured to measure the first CQI, and may also be configured to determine the first drx-inactivity timer corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and the first corresponding relationship. The transceiver unit 1201 may be configured to send the first CQI to a network device. Alternatively, the processing unit 1202 may be used to determine a first speed level, the transceiving unit 1201 may be used to send the first speed level to a network device, and the transceiving unit 1201 may also be used to receive data from the network device. The processing unit 1202 may also be configured to perform beam selection according to the first pre-preparation time. In implementation, the terminal device 1200 may also have a storage unit 1203, which may be coupled with the processing unit 1202, and used to store programs and instructions required by the processing unit 1202 to perform functions.
其中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长,且,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括M和/或N,其中,所述调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,所述M和所述N均为大于等于2的正整数,所述M为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,所述N为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Wherein, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size, and the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes M and/or N, wherein the adjustment step size is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, The M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, the M is the number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received in each active period of the discontinuous reception, and the N is The activation period of the reception does not require consecutive times of receiving the signal.
其中,所述第一预准备时间为根据所述第一速度等级、所述终端设备的第一波束数目以及第二对应关系确定得到的参数,所述第二对应关系包括至少一个速度等级、至少一个波束数目以及至少一个预准备时间的一一对应关系,所述预准备时间为非连续接收的激活期之前的一段时间,在所述预准备时间内所述终端设备醒来进行波束选择。Wherein, the first pre-preparation time is a parameter determined according to the first speed level, the number of first beams of the terminal device, and a second correspondence relationship, and the second correspondence relationship includes at least one speed grade, at least A one-to-one correspondence between the number of beams and at least one pre-preparation time, where the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, and the terminal device wakes up to perform beam selection during the pre-preparation time.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括所述调整步长和所述M,所述调整步长包括第一步长。基于该种设计,所述处理单元1202具体用于:确定在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长。In a possible design, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the M, and the adjustment step size includes the first step size. Based on this design, the processing unit 1202 is specifically configured to: determine that when a signal needs to be received during the activation periods of the M consecutive discontinuous receptions, reduce the period of the discontinuous reception by the first step length.
一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元1202还用于:In a possible design, the processing unit 1202 is further configured to:
在将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,统计第一计数,所述第一计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;Before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, count a first count, where the first count is the number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception;
确定所述第一计数等于所述M。It is determined that the first count is equal to the M.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括所述调整步长和所述N,所述调整步长包括第二步长。基于该种设计,所述处理单元1202具体用于:确定在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长。In a possible design, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the N, and the adjustment step size includes the second step size. Based on this design, the processing unit 1202 is specifically configured to: when it is determined that no signal is required to be received during the activation periods of the N consecutive discontinuous receptions, increase the period of the discontinuous reception by the second step.
一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元1202还用于:In a possible design, the processing unit 1202 is further configured to:
在将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长之前,还可以统计第二计数,所述第二计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;Before increasing the period of the discontinuous reception by the second step size, a second count may also be counted, and the second count is the number of consecutive times that a signal is not required to be received in each active period of the discontinuous reception ;
确定所述第二计数等于所述N。It is determined that the second count is equal to the N.
一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元1201还可以用于:接收来自所述网络设备的重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数;In a possible design, the transceiver unit 1201 may be further configured to: receive the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device;
所述处理单元1202还用于:使用所述第二非连续接收配置参数更新所述第一非连续接收配置参数。The processing unit 1202 is further configured to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter using the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一对应关系是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In a possible design, the first correspondence is configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
一种可能的设计中,所述第二对应关系是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In a possible design, the second correspondence is configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
此外,本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备还可具有如图13所示终端设备1300具有的结构,该终端设备1300可以包括至少一个处理器1302,所述至少一个处理器1302用于与存储器耦合,读取并执行所述存储器中的指令以实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备涉及的步骤。可选的,该终端设备1300还可以包括收发器1301,用于支持所述终端设备进行信令或者数 据的接收或发送。如图13所示的终端设备1300中的收发器1301,可用于实现上述收发单元1201所具有的功能,例如,收发器1301可用于终端设备1300执行如图4所示的方法中的步骤101,或者可以用于执行如图9所示的方法中的步骤503,或者可以用于执行如图10所示的方法中的步骤602和步骤604,处理器1302可用于实现上述处理单元1202所具有的功能,例如,处理器1302可用于终端设备1300执行如图4所示的方法中的步骤102a,或者可以用于执行如图9所示的方法中的步骤501和步骤502,或者可以用于执行如图10所示的方法中的步骤601和步骤605。此外,收发器1301可与天线1303耦合,用于支持终端设备1300进行通信。可选的,终端设备1300还可以包括存储器1304,其中存储有计算机程序、指令,存储器1304可以与处理器1302和/或收发器1301耦合,用于支持处理器1302调用存储器1304中的计算机程序、指令以实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备涉及的步骤;另外,存储器1304还可以用于存储本申请方法实施例所涉及的数据,例如,用于存储支持收发器1301实现交互所必须的数据、指令,和/或,用于存储终端设备1300执行本申请实施例所述方法所必须的配置信息。In addition, the terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may also have the structure of the terminal device 1300 as shown in FIG. 13. The terminal device 1300 may include at least one processor 1302, and the at least one processor 1302 is configured to couple with a memory. , Read and execute the instructions in the memory to implement the steps involved in the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. Optionally, the terminal device 1300 may also include a transceiver 1301 for supporting the terminal device to receive or send signaling or data. The transceiver 1301 in the terminal device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 can be used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1201 described above. For example, the transceiver 1301 can be used in the terminal device 1300 to execute step 101 in the method shown in FIG. 4, Or it can be used to perform step 503 in the method shown in FIG. 9, or it can be used to perform step 602 and step 604 in the method shown in FIG. 10. The processor 1302 can be used to implement the above-mentioned processing unit 1202. For example, the processor 1302 can be used for the terminal device 1300 to execute step 102a in the method shown in FIG. 4, or can be used to execute steps 501 and 502 in the method shown in FIG. 9, or can be used to execute Step 601 and step 605 in the method are shown in FIG. 10. In addition, the transceiver 1301 may be coupled with the antenna 1303 to support the terminal device 1300 to communicate. Optionally, the terminal device 1300 may further include a memory 1304, which stores computer programs and instructions. The memory 1304 may be coupled with the processor 1302 and/or the transceiver 1301 to support the processor 1302 to call the computer programs in the memory 1304, The instructions are used to implement the steps involved in the terminal device in the method provided by the embodiment of this application; in addition, the memory 1304 can also be used to store the data involved in the method embodiment of this application, for example, it is used to store the data necessary to support the transceiver 1301 to achieve interaction. The data, instructions, and/or are used to store configuration information necessary for the terminal device 1300 to execute the method described in the embodiment of the present application.
基于同一发明构思,本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备,该网络设备可以具有如图14所示的结构,且具有上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为功能。如图14所示,该网络设备1400可包括收发单元1401以及处理单元1402,所述收发单元1401可以用于向终端设备发送第一非连续接收配置参数,所述处理单元1402可以用于根据所述第一非连续接收配置参数,调整所述非连续接收的周期。或者,所述收发单元1401可以用于接收来自终端设备的第一CQI,所述处理单元1402可以用于根据所述第一CQI以及第一对应关系,确定与所述第一CQI对应的第一drx-inactivity timer,所述第一对应关系包括至少一个CQI与至少一个drx-inactivity timer的一一对应关系。或者,所述收发单元1401可以用于接收来自终端设备的第一速度等级,所述第一速度等级表征所述终端设备移动或转动的快慢程度;所述处理单元1402可以用于根据所述第一速度等级、所述终端设备的第一波束数目以及第二对应关系,确定与所述第一速度等级和所述第一波束数目对应的第一预准备时间,所述第二对应关系包括至少一个速度等级、至少一个波束数目以及至少一个预准备时间的一一对应关系,所述预准备时间为非连续接收的激活期之前的一段时间,在所述预准备时间内所述终端设备醒来进行波束选择;所述收发单元1401还可以用于向所述终端设备发送所述第一预准备时间。在实施中,网络设备1400还可具有存储单元1403,存储单元1403可与处理单元1402耦合,用于存储处理单元1402执行功能所需的程序、指令。Based on the same inventive concept, the embodiments of the present application also provide a network device. The network device may have a structure as shown in FIG. 14 and have the behavioral function of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. As shown in FIG. 14, the network device 1400 may include a transceiving unit 1401 and a processing unit 1402. The transceiving unit 1401 can be used to send the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device, and the processing unit 1402 can be used to The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter adjusts the period of the discontinuous reception. Alternatively, the transceiving unit 1401 may be configured to receive a first CQI from a terminal device, and the processing unit 1402 may be configured to determine a first CQI corresponding to the first CQI according to the first CQI and a first correspondence relationship. drx-inactivity timer, the first correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between at least one CQI and at least one drx-inactivity timer. Alternatively, the transceiving unit 1401 may be configured to receive a first speed level from a terminal device, where the first speed level represents how fast the terminal device moves or rotates; the processing unit 1402 may be configured to A speed level, the first number of beams of the terminal device, and a second correspondence relationship, determine a first pre-preparation time corresponding to the first speed level and the first number of beams, and the second correspondence relationship includes at least A one-to-one correspondence between a speed level, at least one number of beams, and at least one pre-preparation time, where the pre-preparation time is a period of time before the activation period of discontinuous reception, and the terminal device wakes up during the pre-preparation time Perform beam selection; the transceiver unit 1401 may also be used to send the first pre-preparation time to the terminal device. In implementation, the network device 1400 may also have a storage unit 1403, and the storage unit 1403 may be coupled with the processing unit 1402 to store programs and instructions required by the processing unit 1402 to perform functions.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括所述调整步长和所述M,所述调整步长包括第一步长。基于该种设计,所述处理单元1402具体用于:确定所述终端设备在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长。In a possible design, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the M, and the adjustment step size includes the first step size. Based on this design, the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: when determining that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation periods of the M consecutive discontinuous receptions, reduce the period of the discontinuous reception by the first One step long.
一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元1402还用于:In a possible design, the processing unit 1402 is further configured to:
在将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,还可以统计第一计数,所述第一计数为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;Before the period of the discontinuous reception is reduced by the first step length, a first count can also be counted, and the first count is that the terminal device needs to receive the data during each activation period of the discontinuous reception. The number of consecutive signals;
确定所述第一计数等于所述M。It is determined that the first count is equal to the M.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括所述调整步长和所述N,所述调 整步长包括第二步长。基于该种设计,所述处理单元1402具体用于:确定所述终端设备在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长。In a possible design, the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes the adjustment step size and the N, and the adjustment step size includes the second step size. Based on this design, the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: when determining that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation periods of the N consecutive discontinuous receptions, increase the period of the discontinuous reception by the first Two steps.
一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元1402还用于:In a possible design, the processing unit 1402 is further configured to:
在将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长之前,还可以统计第二计数,所述第二计数为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;Before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step size, a second count may also be counted. The second count means that the terminal device does not need to receive during each active period of discontinuous reception. The number of consecutive signals;
确定所述第二计数等于所述N。It is determined that the second count is equal to the N.
一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元1402还用于:In a possible design, the processing unit 1402 is further configured to:
确定满足第一条件时,通过所述收发单元1401向所述终端设备发送重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数;When it is determined that the first condition is satisfied, send the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device through the transceiver unit 1401;
其中,所述第一条件包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
确定向所述终端设备发送信号失败;It is determined that sending a signal to the terminal device fails;
所述网络设备和所述终端设备之间传输信号的时间达到第一阈值。The time for signal transmission between the network device and the terminal device reaches a first threshold.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一对应关系是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In a possible design, the first correspondence is configured through high-layer signaling or predefined.
一种可能的设计中,所述第二对应关系是通过高层信令配置的或者预先定义的。In a possible design, the second correspondence is configured through high-level signaling or predefined.
此外,本申请实施例所涉及的网络设备还可具有如图15所示网络设备1500具有的结构,该网络设备1500可以包括至少一个处理器1502,所述至少一个处理器1502用于与存储器耦合,读取并执行所述存储器中的指令以实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备涉及的步骤。可选的,该网络设备1500还可以包括收发器1501,用于支持所述网络设备进行信令或者数据的接收或发送。如图15所示的网络设备1500中的收发器1501,可用于实现上述收发单元1401所具有的功能,例如,收发器1501可用于网络设备1500执行如图4所示的方法中的步骤101,或者可以用于执行如图9所示的方法中的步骤503,或者可以用于执行如图10所示的方法中的步骤602和步骤604,处理器1502可用于实现上述处理单元1402所具有的功能,例如,处理器1502可用于网络设备1500执行如图4所示的方法中的步骤102b,或者可以执行如图9所示的方法中的步骤504,或者可以执行如图10所示的方法中的步骤603。此外,收发器1501可与天线1503耦合,用于支持网络设备1500进行通信。可选的,网络设备1500还可以包括存储器1504,其中存储有计算机程序、指令,存储器1504可以与处理器1502和/或收发器1501耦合,用于支持处理器1502调用存储器1504中的计算机程序、指令以实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备涉及的步骤;另外,存储器1504还可以用于存储本申请方法实施例所涉及的数据,例如,用于存储支持收发器1501实现交互所必须的数据、指令,和/或,用于存储网络设备1500执行本申请实施例所述方法所必须的配置信息。In addition, the network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may also have the structure of the network device 1500 as shown in FIG. 15. The network device 1500 may include at least one processor 1502, and the at least one processor 1502 is configured to couple with a memory. , Read and execute the instructions in the memory to implement the steps involved in the network device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. Optionally, the network device 1500 may further include a transceiver 1501 for supporting the network device to receive or send signaling or data. The transceiver 1501 in the network device 1500 shown in FIG. 15 can be used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1401 described above. For example, the transceiver 1501 can be used by the network device 1500 to execute step 101 in the method shown in FIG. 4, Or it can be used to perform step 503 in the method shown in FIG. 9, or it can be used to perform step 602 and step 604 in the method shown in FIG. 10. The processor 1502 can be used to implement the above-mentioned processing unit 1402. Function, for example, the processor 1502 can be used for the network device 1500 to execute step 102b in the method shown in FIG. 4, or can execute step 504 in the method shown in FIG. 9, or can execute the method shown in FIG. Step 603 in. In addition, the transceiver 1501 may be coupled with the antenna 1503 to support the network device 1500 to communicate. Optionally, the network device 1500 may further include a memory 1504 in which computer programs and instructions are stored. The memory 1504 may be coupled with the processor 1502 and/or the transceiver 1501 to support the processor 1502 to call the computer programs in the memory 1504, The instructions are used to implement the steps involved in the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of this application; in addition, the memory 1504 can also be used to store the data involved in the method embodiment of this application, for example, it is used to store the data necessary to support the transceiver 1501 to achieve interaction The data, instructions, and/or are used to store configuration information necessary for the network device 1500 to execute the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有一些指令,这些指令被计算机调用执行时,可以使得计算机完成上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的方法。本申请实施例中,对计算机可读存储介质不做限定,例如,可以是随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)等。Based on the same idea as the above method embodiment, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which some instructions are stored. When these instructions are called and executed by a computer, the computer can complete the above method embodiments and method implementations. Examples of methods involved in any possible design. In the embodiments of the present application, the computer-readable storage medium is not limited. For example, it may be random-access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), etc.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品在被计算机调用执行时可以完成方法实施例以及上述方法实施例任意可能的设计中所涉及 的方法。Based on the same concept as the above method embodiment, the present application also provides a computer program product, which can complete the method embodiment and the method involved in any possible design of the above method embodiment when the computer program product is invoked and executed by a computer.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请还提供一种芯片,该芯片与收发器耦合,用于完成上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的实现方式中所涉及的方法,其中,“耦合”是指两个部件彼此直接或间接地结合,这种结合可以是固定的或可移动性的,这种结合可以允许流动液、电、电信号或其它类型信号在两个部件之间进行通信。Based on the same concept as the foregoing method embodiment, the present application further provides a chip, which is coupled with a transceiver, and is used to complete the foregoing method embodiment and the method involved in any one of the possible implementations of the method embodiment, wherein "Coupling" means that two components are directly or indirectly combined with each other. This combination can be fixed or movable. This combination can allow fluid, electricity, electrical signals or other types of signals to be connected between the two components. Communicate between.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD)等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present invention are generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路(ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置,离散门或晶体管逻辑,离散硬件部件,或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器,可选地,该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现,例如数字信号处理器和微处理器,多个微处理器,一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核,或任何其它类似的配置来实现。The various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of this application can be implemented by general-purpose processors, digital signal processors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, Discrete gates or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above are designed to implement or operate the described functions. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, and optionally, the general-purpose processor may also be any traditional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The processor can also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration achieve.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地,存储媒介可以与处理器连接,以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息,并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地,存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中,ASIC可以设置于终端设备中。可选地,处理器和存储媒介也可以设置于终端设备中的不同的部件中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. The software unit can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other storage medium in the field. Exemplarily, the storage medium may be connected to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium, and can store and write information to the storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium may also be integrated into the processor. The processor and the storage medium can be arranged in an ASIC, and the ASIC can be arranged in a terminal device. Optionally, the processor and the storage medium may also be arranged in different components in the terminal device.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本发明进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本发明的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本发明的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本发明范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明 的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the present invention has been described with reference to specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Accordingly, this specification and drawings are merely exemplary descriptions of the present invention defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to have covered any and all modifications, changes, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the present invention. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present invention fall within the scope of the claims of the present invention and their equivalent technologies, the present invention is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种非连续接收的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A configuration method for discontinuous reception, characterized in that it includes:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一非连续接收配置参数,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数;The network device sends a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to a terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device;
    所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,所述调整步长包括第一步长时,所述终端设备确定在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长;The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M. When the adjustment step size includes a first step length, the terminal device determines that when the M continuous discontinuous reception activation periods all need to receive a signal , Reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, and when the network device determines that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during the activation periods of the M consecutive discontinuous reception, it reduces the period of discontinuous reception The first step is small;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,所述调整步长包括第二步长时,所述终端设备确定在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长;The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N, and when the adjustment step size includes a second step size, the terminal device determines that no signal is required to be received during the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous receptions When the period of discontinuous reception is increased by the second step length, and the network device determines that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous reception, the period of discontinuous reception is Increase the second step length;
    其中,所述调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,所述M和所述N均为大于等于2的正整数,所述M为所述终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,所述N为所述终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Wherein, the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the average value of the terminal device during each discontinuous reception activation period. The number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received, and the N is the number of consecutive times that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal in each active period of discontinuous reception.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备统计第一计数,所述第一计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;The terminal device counts a first count, where the first count is the number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received in each activation period of the discontinuous reception;
    所述终端设备确定所述第一计数等于所述M;The terminal device determines that the first count is equal to the M;
    所述网络设备将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,还包括:Before the network device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备统计第一计数,所述第一计数为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;The network device counts a first count, where the first count is the number of consecutive times that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during each activation period of the discontinuous reception;
    所述网络设备确定所述第一计数等于所述M。The network device determines that the first count is equal to the M.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein before the terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step size, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备统计第二计数,所述第二计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;The terminal device counts a second count, where the second count is the number of consecutive times that a signal is not required to be received in each active period of the discontinuous reception;
    所述终端设备确定所述第二计数等于所述N;The terminal device determines that the second count is equal to the N;
    所述网络设备将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长之前,还包括:Before the network device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step size, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备统计第二计数,所述第二计数为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;The network device counts a second count, where the second count is the number of consecutive times that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during each activation period of the discontinuous reception;
    所述网络设备确定所述第二计数等于所述N。The network device determines that the second count is equal to the N.
  4. 一种非连续接收的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A configuration method for discontinuous reception, characterized in that it includes:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数;The terminal device receives the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device;
    所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,所述调整步长包括第一步长时,所述终端设备确定在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期 减小所述第一步长;The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M. When the adjustment step size includes a first step length, the terminal device determines that when the M continuous discontinuous reception activation periods all need to receive a signal , Reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,所述调整步长包括第二步长时,所述终端设备确定在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长;The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N, and when the adjustment step size includes a second step size, the terminal device determines that no signal is required to be received during the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous receptions Increase the period of discontinuous reception by the second step length;
    其中,所述调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,所述M和所述N均为大于等于2的正整数,所述M为在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,所述N为在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Wherein, the adjustment step size is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the signal that needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception. The number of consecutive times, where N is the number of consecutive times that no signal is required to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein before the terminal device reduces the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备统计第一计数,所述第一计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;The terminal device counts a first count, where the first count is the number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received in each activation period of the discontinuous reception;
    所述终端设备确定所述第一计数等于所述M。The terminal device determines that the first count is equal to the M.
  6. 如权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长之前,还包括:The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein before the terminal device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step size, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备统计第二计数,所述第二计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;The terminal device counts a second count, where the second count is the number of consecutive times that a signal is not required to be received in each active period of the discontinuous reception;
    所述终端设备确定所述第二计数等于所述N。The terminal device determines that the second count is equal to the N.
  7. 如权利要求4至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, characterized in that it further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数;Receiving, by the terminal device, the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device;
    所述终端设备使用所述第二非连续接收配置参数更新所述第一非连续接收配置参数。The terminal device uses the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to update the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
  8. 一种非连续接收的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A configuration method for discontinuous reception, characterized in that it includes:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一非连续接收配置参数;The network device sends the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device;
    所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,所述调整步长包括第一步长时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长;The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M. When the adjustment step size includes the first step length, the network device determines that the terminal device is averaged during the activation period of the M consecutive discontinuous receptions. When the signal needs to be received, the period of discontinuous reception is reduced by the first step length;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,所述调整步长包括第二步长时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长;The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N. When the adjustment step size includes a second step size, the network device determines that the terminal device is averaged during the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous receptions. When it is not necessary to receive a signal, increase the period of discontinuous reception by the second step;
    其中,所述调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,所述M和所述N均为大于等于2的正整数,所述M为所述终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,所述N为所述终端设备在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Wherein, the adjustment step is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the average value of the terminal device during each discontinuous reception activation period. The number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received, and the N is the number of consecutive times that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal in each active period of discontinuous reception.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,还包括:8. The method according to claim 8, wherein before the network device reduces the period of discontinuous reception to the first step length, the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备统计第一计数,所述第一计数为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;The network device counts a first count, where the first count is the number of consecutive times that the terminal device needs to receive a signal during each activation period of the discontinuous reception;
    所述网络设备确定所述第一计数等于所述M。The network device determines that the first count is equal to the M.
  10. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备将非连续接收的周期增 加所述第二步长之前,还包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein before the network device increases the period of discontinuous reception by the second step size, the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备统计第二计数,所述第二计数为所述终端设备在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;The network device counts a second count, where the second count is the number of consecutive times that the terminal device does not need to receive a signal during each activation period of the discontinuous reception;
    所述网络设备确定所述第二计数等于所述N。The network device determines that the second count is equal to the N.
  11. 如权利要求8至10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, further comprising:
    所述网络设备确定满足第一条件时,向所述终端设备发送重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数;When the network device determines that the first condition is met, sending the reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一条件包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述网络设备确定向所述终端设备发送信号失败;The network device determines that it fails to send a signal to the terminal device;
    所述网络设备和所述终端设备之间传输信号的时间达到第一阈值。The time for signal transmission between the network device and the terminal device reaches a first threshold.
  12. 一种非连续接收的配置装置,其特征在于,包括:存储器、收发器以及处理器;A configuration device for discontinuous reception, which is characterized by comprising: a memory, a transceiver, and a processor;
    所述存储器存储有计算机程序;The memory stores a computer program;
    所述收发器用于接收来自网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数;The transceiver is configured to receive a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network device;
    所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序执行:The processor is configured to call a computer program stored in the memory to execute:
    所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,所述调整步长包括第一步长时,确定在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长;The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M. When the adjustment step size includes the first step length, when it is determined that a signal is required to be received during the activation period of the M consecutive discontinuous receptions, the discontinuous reception The receiving cycle is reduced by the first step length;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,所述调整步长包括第二步长时,确定在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长;The first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N. When the adjustment step size includes a second step size, when it is determined that no signal is required for the N consecutive discontinuous reception activation periods, the non-continuous reception Increase the second step length for the period of continuous reception;
    其中,所述调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,所述M和所述N均为大于等于2的正整数,所述M为在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,所述N为在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Wherein, the adjustment step size is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the signal that needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception. The number of consecutive times, where N is the number of consecutive times that no signal is required to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The apparatus of claim 12, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    在将所述非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长之前,统计第一计数,所述第一计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数;Before reducing the period of discontinuous reception by the first step length, count a first count, where the first count is the number of consecutive times that a signal needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception;
    确定所述第一计数等于所述M。It is determined that the first count is equal to the M.
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The device according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    在将所述非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长之前,统计第二计数,所述第二计数为在每个所述非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数;Before increasing the period of discontinuous reception by the second step size, count a second count, where the second count is the number of consecutive times that no signal is required to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception;
    确定所述第二计数等于所述N。It is determined that the second count is equal to the N.
  15. 如权利要求12至14任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发器还用于:The device according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the transceiver is further used for:
    接收来自所述网络设备的重新配置的第二非连续接收配置参数;Receiving a reconfigured second discontinuous reception configuration parameter from the network device;
    所述处理器还用于:The processor is also used for:
    使用所述第二非连续接收配置参数更新所述第一非连续接收配置参数。Updating the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter using the second discontinuous reception configuration parameter.
  16. 一种非连续接收的配置装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;A configuration device for discontinuous reception, characterized by comprising: a processor, which is coupled with a memory;
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序;The memory is used to store computer programs;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的所述计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求8至11中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to any one of claims 8 to 11.
  17. 一种系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求12至15任一项所述的非连续接收的配置装置和如权利要求16所述的非连续接收的配置装置。A system characterized by comprising the discontinuous reception configuration device according to any one of claims 12 to 15 and the discontinuous reception configuration device according to claim 16.
  18. 一种非连续接收的配置装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元;A discontinuous reception configuration device, characterized in that it comprises a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
    所述收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一非连续接收配置参数;The transceiver unit is configured to receive a first discontinuous reception configuration parameter from a network device;
    所述处理单元,用于当所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和M,所述调整步长包括第一步长,且确定在连续所述M个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期减小所述第一步长;The processing unit is configured to: when the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and M, the adjustment step size includes the first step length, and determine that the activation period of the M consecutive discontinuous receptions is equal When the signal needs to be received, the period of discontinuous reception is reduced by the first step length;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述处理单元,用于当所述第一非连续接收配置参数包括调整步长和N,所述调整步长包括第二步长,且确定在连续所述N个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号时,将非连续接收的周期增加所述第二步长;The processing unit is configured to: when the first discontinuous reception configuration parameter includes an adjustment step size and N, the adjustment step size includes a second step size, and determine that the activation period of the N consecutive discontinuous receptions is equal When it is not necessary to receive a signal, increase the period of discontinuous reception by the second step;
    其中,所述调整步长用于调整非连续接收的周期,所述M和所述N均为大于等于2的正整数,所述M为在每个非连续接收的激活期均需要接收信号的连续次数,所述N为在每个非连续接收的激活期均不需要接收信号的连续次数。Wherein, the adjustment step size is used to adjust the period of discontinuous reception, the M and the N are both positive integers greater than or equal to 2, and the M is the signal that needs to be received in each active period of discontinuous reception. The number of consecutive times, where N is the number of consecutive times that no signal is required to be received during each active period of discontinuous reception.
  19. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令被运行时,使得如权利要求1至11任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions, which when executed, cause the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11 to be executed.
  20. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至11任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that instructions are stored in the computer program product, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
PCT/CN2020/079086 2019-03-18 2020-03-13 Discontinuous reception configuration method and device WO2020187133A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910204922.7A CN111726851A (en) 2019-03-18 2019-03-18 Configuration method and device for discontinuous reception
CN201910204922.7 2019-03-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020187133A1 true WO2020187133A1 (en) 2020-09-24

Family

ID=72519617

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/079086 WO2020187133A1 (en) 2019-03-18 2020-03-13 Discontinuous reception configuration method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111726851A (en)
WO (1) WO2020187133A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022178728A1 (en) * 2021-02-24 2022-09-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Drx cycle processing method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
CN117528669A (en) * 2022-07-28 2024-02-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 Receiving method, terminal, network side equipment and medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101043753A (en) * 2006-03-25 2007-09-26 华为技术有限公司 Method, network and user terminal for realizing variable discontinuous reception/discontinuous transmission period
US20130094379A1 (en) * 2010-07-06 2013-04-18 Zte Corporation Device and Method for Dynamically Configuring Discontinuous Reception Parameters
CN103402245A (en) * 2013-07-24 2013-11-20 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Configuration method, equipment and system for DRX (discontinuity reception) cycle
CN103974460A (en) * 2007-01-30 2014-08-06 交互数字技术公司 Method for controlling discontinuous reception in WTRU (wireless transmit/receive unit), WTRU and eNB
CN105472716A (en) * 2015-12-02 2016-04-06 武汉虹信通信技术有限责任公司 Method and system for adjusting DRX parameter under LTE

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103997773A (en) * 2009-06-11 2014-08-20 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Method and device for conducting adaptive adjustment on discontinuous receiving mode in wireless communication system
US20130170415A1 (en) * 2011-04-04 2013-07-04 Kyocera Corporation Mobile communication method and radio terminal
CN102196540B (en) * 2011-06-08 2013-09-04 北京邮电大学 Discontinuous reception control method
CN106034318B (en) * 2015-03-16 2019-10-29 中国移动通信集团公司 A kind of control method and device of discontinuous reception
CN108377537B (en) * 2016-11-04 2020-04-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 Configuration method of discontinuous reception, discontinuous reception method, base station and terminal
CN108616330B (en) * 2016-12-27 2020-05-15 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Discontinuous reception DRX (discontinuous reception) adjusting method and device
CN113541904A (en) * 2017-06-16 2021-10-22 华为技术有限公司 DRX configuration method, terminal equipment, network equipment and communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101043753A (en) * 2006-03-25 2007-09-26 华为技术有限公司 Method, network and user terminal for realizing variable discontinuous reception/discontinuous transmission period
CN103974460A (en) * 2007-01-30 2014-08-06 交互数字技术公司 Method for controlling discontinuous reception in WTRU (wireless transmit/receive unit), WTRU and eNB
US20130094379A1 (en) * 2010-07-06 2013-04-18 Zte Corporation Device and Method for Dynamically Configuring Discontinuous Reception Parameters
CN103402245A (en) * 2013-07-24 2013-11-20 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Configuration method, equipment and system for DRX (discontinuity reception) cycle
CN105472716A (en) * 2015-12-02 2016-04-06 武汉虹信通信技术有限责任公司 Method and system for adjusting DRX parameter under LTE

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "Considerations on UE Transmission Timing Testcase Based on Liaison Statement from RAN5", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG4 MEETING # 70 R4-141920, 4 April 2014 (2014-04-04), XP050797004, DOI: 20200529152442A *
LG ELECTRONICS: "Discussion on Behaviour in DRX", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 #57BIS R2-071444, 30 March 2007 (2007-03-30), DOI: 20200529152533A *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111726851A (en) 2020-09-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10051504B2 (en) Methods and apparatuses for supporting MDT during eDRX
US11006364B2 (en) Beam tracking and recovery in connected-mode discontinuous reception mode
US20170273135A1 (en) Methods of managing long inactivity periods in non-full duplex operation
WO2021062794A1 (en) Signal measurement method and communication apparatus
WO2020029890A1 (en) Method for receiving reference signal, and communication apparatus
US20210392582A1 (en) Reference Signal Receiving Method, Reference Signal Sending Method, and Apparatus
WO2021017603A1 (en) Energy conservation signal transmission method, base station, and terminal device
US20230087902A1 (en) Information sending and receiving method, apparatus, and system
WO2020221093A1 (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring and configuring search space
WO2020140963A1 (en) Message sending method and receiving method, apparatus, and device
US20220191789A1 (en) Control Channel Monitoring in a Wireless Communication System
WO2020143551A1 (en) Channel detection method and apparatus
US11039496B2 (en) Method and apparatus
WO2018120064A1 (en) Transmission apparatus and method capable of suppressing interference information, and communication system
CN113676293A (en) Information sending and receiving method, device and system
WO2020187133A1 (en) Discontinuous reception configuration method and device
TW202123741A (en) Time-dependent adaptation of a wake-up signal configuration
WO2021062832A1 (en) Beam failure detection method and apparatus
WO2021114917A1 (en) Resource allocation method, network device, and computer storage medium
JP2024503648A (en) Resource selection methods, devices and systems
WO2020140868A1 (en) Radio resource management measurement method and apparatus
WO2021213136A1 (en) Communication method and terminal device
WO2021088016A1 (en) Communication method, device, and storage medium
CN114902748B (en) Sleep indication method, device, terminal and storage medium for auxiliary carrier
WO2022152045A1 (en) Information transmission method and information transmission apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20772983

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20772983

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1